Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Capital Markets / CMC Markets plc

CMC Markets plc

cmcx.l · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cmcx.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Capital Markets
Employees 1071
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · CMC Markets plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report and Financial StatementsFor the year ended 31 March 2016Company registration number: 05145017

Annual Report 2016

1

CMC Markets plc

Annual Report and Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 March 2016

2

Annual Report 2016

Table of contents

3

Table of contents

Our purpose, goals, objectives and enablers   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 5

Highlights  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 6

Chairman’s statement   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 9

CEO report  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 10 

Company history  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 14 

Strategic report  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 16

Business review   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 16

Corporate social responsibility  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 30

Financial review   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 36

Governance report  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 60

Chairman’s letter  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 60

Compliance with UK corporate governance code  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 62

The Board   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 64

Audit and Risk Committee   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 74

Nomination and Remuneration Committee  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 78

Directors remuneration report  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 82

Regulated entities  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 101

Directors’ report  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 102

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 107

Independent auditors’ report  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 108

Financial statements   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 113

Consolidated income statement   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 113

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 114

Consolidated and parent company statements of financial position  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 115

Consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 116

Consolidated and parent company statements of cash flows  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 117

Notes to the financial statements  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . . 118

Corporate information  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .  . 158

CMC Markets plcOur purpose, goals, objectives and enablers

Annual Report 2016

4

5

Our purpose

To make the financial markets truly accessible for investors

Our strategic goal

To increase shareholder value by delivering sustainable and profitable revenue growth

Our strategic objectives

Increase the client 
base in established 
markets

Expand into new 
markets and grow 
developing regions

Maintain a strong 
pipeline of  
new products

Implement digital  
solutions to improve 
efficiencies across the 
client journey

Establish CMC as 
a key player in the  
Institutional sector

Business enablers

Client service

Competitive  
product offering

Technology 
and operational 
excellence

Trading risk 
management

Financial strength

Our people

Shareholder return

Earnings per share

Dividends

CMC Markets plcOur purpose, goals, objectives and enablers6

“2016 was another strong year for the Group, achieving continuing growth 

Delivery of shareholder value and returns

7

in underlying profit before tax and successfully listing on the London Stock 

Exchange. Through our focus on innovation we have delivered new products 

and platform features. This is underpinned by our focus on client service.”

Peter Cruddas 
Chief Executive Officer

Revenue growth and operating effectiveness

Net operating income

Profit before tax and underlying PBT

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

122.0

143.6

169.4

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

62 .4

53 .4

51 .9

43 .5

32 .2

32 .2

40%

35%

30%

25%

20%

Profit after tax

Dividend per share and earnings per share

50

40

30

20

10

24.0

0

42.5

34.7

)
e
c
n
e
p

(
e
r
a
h
s

r
e
p
s
d
n
e
d
v
D

i

i

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

5 .7

4 .3

1 .8

8 .9

16

11

6

1

-4

i

E
a
r
n
n
g
s
p
e
r

s
h
a
r
e
(

p
e
n
c
e
)

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

Profit after tax (£m)

Dividend1 per share

Special dividend per share

Basic earnings per share

•  Net operating income up £25.8 million (18%) at £169.4 million driven by continuing focus on strategic initiatives
•  Profit before tax up £9.9 million (23%) at £53.4 million and underlying profit before tax up 20% at £62.4 million
•  Profit before tax margin up 1.2% at 31.5%, underlying profit before tax margin up 0.6% to 36.8%
•  Active clients up 7,026 (14%) to 57,329 and revenue per active client up £112 (4%) to £2,828
•  Value of client trades up 27%, to £2,071 billion
•  Earnings per share up 22% to 15.1 pence, underlying earnings per share up 23% to 18.0 pence

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

Summary income statement and earnings per share 

Net operating income1 (£m)

Underlying profit before tax (£m)2

Profit before tax (£m)
Underlying PBT margin

PBT margin

Client value generation and client quality

Active clients and revenue per active client

Value of trades and number of trades

60,000

55,000

50,000

s
t
n
e

i
l
c
e
v
ti
c
A

45,000

48,006

50,303

40,000

3,000

2,750

2,500

2,250

2,000

R
e
v
e
n
u
e
p
e
r

a
c
ti
v
e
c
l
i

e
n
t

(

£

)

57,329

)

n
b
£

(

s
e
d
a
r
t

f
o
e
u
a
V

l

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

1,351

1,626

2,071

80

60

40

20

0

N
u
m
b
e
r
o
f

t
r
a
d
e
s

(

m

)

2014

2015

2016

2014

2015

2016

Active clients3 

Revenue per active client4

Value of trades5 

Number of trades

¹ Net operating income represents revenue net of rebates payable to introducing partners who are not themselves trading counterparties and spread betting levies
² Underlying figures represent PBT before exceptional items
³ Active clients represent those individual clients who have traded with or held CFD or spread bet positions with CMC Markets on at least one occasion during the 

financial year

4 Net revenue generated from CFD and spread bet active clients
5 Value of client trades represents the notional value of trades 

£m

Net operating income

Other income
Operating expenses

EBITDA

Analysed as:
Underlying EBITDA
Net exceptional items2

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Analysed as:
Underlying profit before tax
Net exceptional items2

Profit before tax

Underlying PBT margin

PBT margin

Profit after tax
Underlying profit after tax3

Pence

Basic EPS

Underlying Basic EPS

2016

 169 .4

 3 .1
(112.3)

 60 .2

 69.2

(9.0)

 60 .2

(6.0)

(0.8)

 53 .4

 62.4

(9.0)

 53 .4

36.8%

31.5%

 42 .5

 50 .7

2016

 15 .1

 18 .0

2015

 143 .6

 - 
(92.3)

 51 .3

 59.7

(8.4)

 51 .3

(6.9)

(0.9)

 43 .5

 51.9

(8.4)

 43 .5

36.2%

30.3%

 34 .7

 40 .9

2015

 12 .4

 14 .6

Variance

Variance %

 25 .8

 3 .1
(20.0)

 8 .9

 9.5

(0.6)

 8 .9

0.9

0.1

 9 .9

 10.5

(0.6)

 9 .9

0.6%

1.2%

 7 .8

 9 .8

18%

-
(22)%

17%

16%

(6)%

17%

13%

14%

23%

20%

(6)%

23%

-

-

22%

24%

Variance

Variance %

 2 .7

 3 .4

22%

23%

1 Dividend paid/proposed relating to the financial year
2 Consists of £3.1million exceptional income and £12.1million exceptional costs 
3 Based on implied tax payable excluding exceptional items

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016HighlightsHighlights 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8

Chairman’s statement

9

will be developed over the coming years. As a recently listed 
business, there are a number of items that will be addressed to 
ensure we are fully compliant with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (“the Code”).

The intention is to put all directors up for re-election at the 
2016 Annual General Meeting in compliance with the Code.

In the past we have operated a combined Nomination and 
Remuneration Committee, which operated well during the year. 
Following the listing we have established separate committees. 
Further detail around remuneration can be found in the 
Nomination and Remuneration Report on page 78. 

In addition we have also established separate audit and risk 
committees following listing; previously these were also 
combined. 

Our people

On behalf of the Board I would like to thank all of our staff for 
their hard work once again. Their effort and commitment has 
delivered a record level of profit after tax as well as achieving a 
successful London Stock Exchange listing. We have very 
talented people across all areas of the Group and this was clear 
to me as we progressed through the listing process.

Dividends

CMC Markets is a highly cash generative business, and as the 
Group’s client activity grows, an increasing amount of liquidity is 
required in the Group to hedge client trades. In order to fully 
meet our growth aspirations our dividend policy is to pay 50% 
of underlying profit after tax. The Board’s view is that this allows 
the Group to retain sufficient cash to meet its growth 
aspirations.

However, as a Board we have no desire to build up funds 
unnecessarily and will return surplus funds to shareholders 
where possible, as evidenced by the £5.0 million special 
dividend that was paid earlier in the financial year.

In line with policy the dividend for the full year will be 8.93 
pence per share, so following an interim dividend of 3.57 pence 
per share the Board is recommending a final dividend of 5.36 
pence per share. Including the special dividend of 1.79 pence 
per share paid at the half year this represents a total dividend of 
10.72 pence per share.

Outlook

2016 has been a key year in the history of CMC Markets; as 
well as the listing, we have opened new offices and launched 
new products, and we have a clear strategy to deliver future 
growth and shareholder value.

Simon Waugh 
Chairman  
7 June 2016

I am very pleased to report another strong year for the Group 
and the first set of results since we successfully listed on the 
London Stock Exchange in February 2016. The listing is a 
significant milestone in the Group’s history and the beginning of 
a new chapter, which I am very proud to be a part of.

Over the last three years we have had a clear strategy to 
provide our clients with the best trading platform, superior 
service and competitive pricing, with a strong focus on 
innovation. This strategy has again driven a strong performance 
by the Group. Net operating income is up 18% and underlying 
profit before tax at £62.4 million is up 20% on the prior year. 
Underlying earnings per share is 18.0 pence, an increase of 
23% from the prior year.

Our award-winning Next Generation trading platform has 
continued to be developed with new features and tools, and we 
are adding new products. ‘Countdowns’, was successfully 
launched during the year and our binaries offering was 
launched in April 2016.

Governance and the Board

We are committed to the highest levels of corporate 
governance, and as we prepared for life as a listed company this 
important area was further strengthened by a number of 
appointments to the Board. 

After extensive searches, Manjit Wolstenholme joined as Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director. Malcolm McCaig and 
James Richards joined as Non-Executive Directors. Manjit, 
Malcolm and James bring a wealth of experience to the Board 
and I look forward to working with them during this exciting 
time.

John Jackson left the Board in June 2015 after nine years as a 
Non-Executive and I would like to take this opportunity to thank 
John for his valuable input and assistance to the Board during 
his time in the role.

As a Board we are committed to continually reviewing our 
performance and effectiveness. During the course of the 
coming year each member of the Board will be undertaking a 
questionnaire-based analysis to evaluate performance and this 

CMC Markets plcChairman’s statementCEO report

10

11

2016 has been a landmark year in the history of CMC Markets 
with record profit after tax and a public listing on the London 
Stock Exchange. Having founded the business 26 years ago with 
just a desk, a telephone and £10,000, I feel immensely proud of 
what has been achieved.

growing, producing profits and paying dividends, and we are one 
of those companies”. We successfully listed on 5 February 2016 
in London. As such we were one of the few companies to go 
public during the first quarter of 2016, which is a reflection of 
the high quality of the business. 

The whole experience of becoming a public company was 
demanding but exciting and I can say that it was the right time 
for the business. We have invested heavily across the Group 
over the last five years, particularly in technology, 
infrastructure, staff and client service. The company is now in a 
strong position and being a public company will help elevate our 
profile and attract new business.

In January 2016, just as we began the final stages of the listing, 
global stock markets experienced one of the worst starts to a 
year in their history. However, by engaging with investors and 
explaining our business, we were able to list the company when 
others had to delay their planned listings. One point I made on 
the road shows to investors was that “amongst the fog of all this 
turmoil in the financial markets, there are companies that are 

My wife of 30 years had a better way of describing the CMC 
journey that my family and I have been on over the last 26 years. 
She penned the following poem in a card to me after the listing. 

  With £10,000 and a basement room, 

Nobody guessed how the business would boom. 
You’ve relished the highs and battled the lows, 
Where your energy comes from, God only knows! 
But for 26 years, you’ve led all the way, 
To gain the success and respect achieved here today, 
So raise your glass and shout “chin chin”! 
Congratulations! Good Luck! Let the new Chapter begin!

Fiona Cruddas, February 2016

I am fully committed to my role as Chief Executive; I still retain 
around 60% of the shares in the Group and by holding such a 
large stake my interests are wholly aligned with our new public 
shareholders. We are in this together!

As a highly cash generative business own funds have 
increased by £33.3 million to £176.4 million and the Group 
continues to have a strong regulatory total capital ratio of 
31.2% as at 31 March 2016.

A Countdowns trade on the mobile trading app

Although it has been a demanding year in preparing and listing 
the company, I am delighted to say that 2016 has been a record 
year for the Group. Our focus and investment in mobile 
technology continues to deliver, and now almost half of our 
business is conducted on mobile devices. 

Financial performance

Net operating income grew by 18% to £169.4 million. Total 
expenses excluding exceptional costs increased by 17% to 
£107.0 million, as a result of our continuing investment in the 
business to support future growth. In particular we continue to 
invest in marketing and mobile technology.

Underlying profit before tax was £62.4 million, before 
exceptional listing costs of £12.1 million and exceptional income 
of £3.1 million, a 20% improvement on the prior year. 
Underlying earnings per share were 18.0 pence, an increase of 
3.4 pence on the prior year. On a statutory basis, this was 
15.1 pence, an increase of 2.7 pence on the prior year.

The value of client trades increased by 27% to £2,071 billion, 
illustrating the scalability that we have in the business and 
technology infrastructure, for example, 48% of the value of 
client trades was executed on mobile devices.

Regional review

Revenue growth has been generated across all core regions 
where the business operates. In addition, the Group has seen 
improvements in key performance indicators such as revenue 
per active client, which has increased by 4% to £2,828, one of 
the highest in the industry today and a reflection of the quality 
of our client base. Revenue per active client is presented net of 
client rebates, which was a record £10.5 million, an increase of 
50% on prior year.

The UK, the Group’s largest market, contributed a 30% rise in 
net revenue1 demonstrating the success of our strategy to focus 
on attracting and retaining high value clients. Our European 
business showed growth of 7% in net revenue1 driven by our 
focus on the developing our smaller offices and maintaining our 
market leading2 position in Germany.

Net revenue1 in Asia Pacific (APAC) & Canada increased by 
19%, as we continue to grow market share in the region. In 
Australia we are now the number one provider to the active 
high value client share of the market3 at 31%, up 9% from the 
year before.

CMC Markets’ listing on the London Stock Exchange

1 Net revenue generated from CFD and spread bet active clients, including Countdowns, after the impact of rebates and levies
² Investment Trends April 2015 Germany CFD & FX Report
3 Investment Trends June 2015 Australia CFD Report

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016CEO reportCEO report 
New products and innovation

12

Our proprietary, in house developed, “Next Generation” 
technology provides a clear differentiated advantage over many 
of our competitors. We constantly enhance and improve the 
platform, responding to client demands and new product 
development. Innovation has been the foundation for our 
growth over the last three years and we continue to drive the 
business forward through continuing innovation in technology, 
products and client service. 

The benefit of developing Next Generation technology in house 
rather than outsourcing is the control and flexibility over all 
aspects of our core technology that it gives the Group.

We are continuing to make good progress across each of 
these strategic initiatives. 

Regulation

This year has seen regulators in a number of jurisdictions look 
at the regulation of the contracts for difference (“CFD”) and 
spread betting industry. We welcome strong regulation and 
have always ensured that we operate to the highest standards 
of regulatory compliance. We hope that increased regulatory 
oversight will help to ensure that all operators in the industry 
move towards higher regulatory standards.

Looking forward

New products have been a feature of this year and will continue 
to be going forward. At the end of July 2015 we launched 
‘Countdowns’, a short term binary product providing our clients 
with a dynamic way to make short term trades on the markets. 

We continue to look at new opportunities to drive growth. We 
have a strong pipeline of new products and developments that 
will be rolled out, and are looking at a number of new 
geographic markets where we believe there are significant 
opportunities for the Group.

In April 2016 we launched our binaries offering, again designed 
to provide clients with an exciting and simple way to trade the 
financial markets. But this is just the beginning with a pipeline of 
new products and platform enhancements to be launched later 
in the calendar year.

This year we also completed our Next Generation partners and 
institutional offering, with full white label, grey label and 
electronic connectivity (API). Historically, this has been a strong 
area for the Group and we are excited about the incremental 
growth opportunity in this sector.

In our Australian stockbroking business we also launched the 
Pro Platform using HTML5 to complement the business’s 
successful frequent trader strategy.

Client service

I have this fundamental belief that success is all about having a 
quality product which combined with a great client service 
ethos delivers a superior trading experience. This approach 
ensures we maintain our loyal trading community, contributing 
towards optimal returns for our shareholders and increasing 
the long term value of the business.

Within the business there is a strong emphasis on exceeding the 
needs of our clients through our product offer and service.

We measure how well we are performing through customer 
satisfaction studies and net promoter score. In the UK we have 
achieved number one position for 11 out of the top 15 drivers 
of customer satisfaction. Across our established markets our 
net promoter score is positive and ahead of the category 
average.

Strategy

We have set out a clear strategy to grow the business in the 
future around five strategic initiatives (covered in detail in the 
Strategic report) and underpinning each of these is our 
continuing focus on client service, innovation and technology. 

Throughout the listing process I was consistently impressed 
with the quality of our business across all areas. This is because 
we have high quality and committed staff. As part of the listing 
we have been able to recognise their contribution and retain 
them within the Group through Long Term Incentive and Share 
Incentive Plans, ensuring that all our interests are aligned to 
drive the future success of the business. I would also like to 
thank our staff for their dedication, hard work and drive for 
excellence as well as our shareholders for their support and 
confidence in what we are doing.

But the year would not be complete without a big thank you to 
our clients who in many cases have been loyal to us over a 
number of years. As part of the listing process I was adamant 
that we should recognise the contribution our clients make to 
our success, so we launched a client offer as part of the process 
enabling retail clients to participate in a bonus share offer.

Our clients are the foundation of the business. They contribute 
so much to what we do, through their valuable feedback which 
helps us develop the business going forward. Their feedback is 
vital to our success. 

It has been a truly memorable year for the business. We are on a 
fantastic journey, which will continue to grow and develop this 
company, and will ultimately lead to more innovation and 
exciting opportunities. 

Peter Cruddas 
Chief Executive Officer 
7 June 2016

Customer satisfaction drivers

UK financial spread betting

Key selection driver criteria

Overall quality of the service

Execution speed

Customer service

Consistency of executing trades at prices quoted

Ease of platform navigation

Platform features

Reliability of platform

Trading tools

Value for money

Top three providers against satisfaction

13

First

Second

Third

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

Handling of CHF crisis on 15th Jan

CMC Markets

Spreads

Research tools

Risk management tools

Mobile solutions

Trading ideas and strategies

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

CMC Markets

Source: Investment Trends 2015 UK Leveraged Trading Report

Net promoter score in established markets

UK (NPS)

Australia (NPS)

Germany (NPS)

CMC

19%

CMC

13%

CMC

6%

5%

2%

4%

CMC

Sector average

Source: Investment Trends 2015

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016CEO reportCEO report19
96 

20
00 

20
01 

Launches the world’s first online 
retail FX trading platform

Starts offering CFDs in the UK

Launches online spread betting 
service in the UK

Company history

14

CMC Markets was founded by Peter Cruddas in 1989, and 
since then the company has grown to become a global leader in 
online trading. There have been numerous milestones for the 
Group over the past 26 years as the company has expanded into 
new markets around the world and continues to champion 
innovation and new trading technology.

expanded its global footprint with additional offices in New 
Zealand, Germany, Canada, Singapore and Sweden, and had 
sold a 10% equity stake to Goldman Sachs. Further global 
growth followed over the next few years, with offices opened in 
Norway, Spain, Italy and France.

When “Currency Management Corporation”, later abbreviated 
to CMC, first began trading in London in 1989 as an FX broker, 
the office contained one desk, one telephone and one highly 
ambitious trader and entrepreneur. Over the following years 
the company grew rapidly, and in 1996 it launched the world’s 
first online retail FX trading platform, allowing its clients to take 
advantage of markets previously only accessible to institutional 
traders.

In 2000, CMC Markets expanded its business to become a CFD 
broker. In 2001 the company launched an online financial 
spread betting service, becoming the first spread betting 
company to launch the daily Rolling Cash® Bet. The innovative 
daily Rolling Cash® concept subsequently became an industry 
benchmark.

In 2002, CMC Markets opened its first overseas office in 
Sydney, launching into the Australian market as an online CFD 
and foreign exchange provider. By 2007 the company had 

CMC Markets launched its award-winning¹ Next Generation 
platform in 2010 and has since then rolled it out across all the 
regions in which the Group operates, frequently adding new 
tools, features and enhancements.

The Group celebrated its silver anniversary in 2014 and 
received a record number of awards in the UK in recognition of 
the quality of the Next Generation trading platform and 
associated service.

Innovation is a key growth driver for the business and in 2015 
the Group launched Countdowns, a new fixed odds trading 
product. During 2015 the Group also expanded its geographical 
footprint when it opened an office in Poland.

In February 2016 the Group successfully listed on the London 
Stock Exchange marking the beginning of a new and exciting 
chapter in the Group’s history.

19
89 

CMC Markets begins 
operations in the UK

20
02 

Opens first non-UK office in 
Sydney, Australia

20
08 

20
05 

Offices opened in Beijing, 
Canada and Germany

20
10 

CMC Markets (Australia) starts 
offering a stockbroking service 
following the acquisition of local 
stockbroker Andrew West & Co.

Next Generation platform is 
launched; offices opened in Italy 
and France; spread betting 
iPhone app launched in the UK

20
13 

20
14 

CMC Markets wins 33 industry 
awards globally

CMC Markets celebrates 25 
years of being a world-leader in 
online trading 

Triple winner at the 2015 Shares Awards

20
06 

Opens New Zealand office

20
11 

CMC Markets wins Financial 
Services Provider of the Year 
(Shares Magazine)

20
15 

Countdowns launched.  
Poland and Austria offices 
opened. Stockbroking Pro 
Platform launched

20
07 

Singapore and Sweden offices 
opened; Goldman Sachs 
purchases 10% stake

20
12 

Spread betting app for 
AndroidTM launched

20
16 

CMC Markets lists on the 
London Stock Exchange trading 
as CMCX. Binaries launched

Annual Report 2016Company historyCMC Markets plc

Strategic report

17

Strategic report 
Business review

16

Our business

CMC Markets is a leading global provider of online and mobile 
trading, servicing both retail and institutional clients. The 
company enables clients to trade over 10,000 financial 
instruments including indices, commodities, FX and equities 
through its multi award-winning Next Generation trading 
platform, supported by sophisticated charting, competitive 
pricing and automated execution.

Clients can trade the markets via contracts for difference 
(CFDs), financial spread bets (UK and Ireland only) and binaries. 

Revenues are generated through transactional spreads, 
financing income, commissions and trading income arising from 
clients’ trading activities. Our risk management strategy is 
based on highly-automated flow management, dynamically 
hedging net client exposures and risk. The level of revenue is 
influenced by the number of clients actively trading and the 
value of those trades.

Trade over 10,000 financial instruments

339
Forex products

99
Indices

9699
Shares & ETFs

119
Commodities

63
Treasuries

Annual Report 2016Strategic reportOur products

CFD

18

A CFD is a cash-settled investment based on currencies, 
commodities, treasuries, indices and shares, providing 
economic benefits similar to an investment in an underlying 
asset without certain costs and limitations associated with 
physical ownership. A CFD is a leveraged product which has the 
potential to magnify profits as well as losses. In the UK, CFD 
trades currently do not incur stamp tax duty charges, in 
contrast to trades in traditional financial investments, such as 
equity securities. The Group’s clients can trade fractions of units 
per CFD, and the Group charges commission on CFD trades for 
shares and charges spreads for all other asset classes. The 
Group’s CFD products allow a client to take long or short 
positions. As a CFD is a leveraged product, the Group requires 
varying levels of margin to be posted in respect of the full value 
of a client’s position. Margins vary depending on a client’s 
position and the type of instrument in which the client invests.

Example 
If a client believes that the price of a particular instrument is 
likely to fall, they could place a sell trade or ‘go short’. Conversely, 
if they think the price will rise, they could place a buy trade or ‘go 
long’. If the market moved in the direction they predicted, they 
would make a profit. If the market moved in the opposite 
direction, they would make a loss.

When you trade CFDs, you buy or sell a number of units. For 
every point the price of the instrument moves in your favour, you 
gain based on the number of units you have bought or sold. For 
every point the price moves against you, you will make a loss. 

Spread bet

The Group’s spread betting products are offered exclusively in 
the UK and Ireland as profits from spread betting are currently 
free from capital gains tax and stamp duty in these jurisdictions. 
Spread betting provides similar economic benefits to those 
experienced when investing in an underlying asset, but without 
the costs and limitations associated with physical ownership. 
With a spread bet a client bets a specific stake size per point 
movement of a product, rather than trading a specific number of 
shares or units. The Group’s spread bet products allow a client 
to take long or short positions. The Group’s spread betting 
products are leveraged products. A key risk of leveraged 
products is that losses can exceed deposits. 

Example 
If a client feels that the price of a particular instrument is likely 
to fall, they could place a sell bet or ‘go short’. Conversely, if they 
believed that the price will go up, they could place a buy bet, or 
‘go long’. If the market moved in the direction they predicted, 
they would make a profit. If not, they would make a loss. 

19

When you spread bet, you buy or sell an amount per point 
movement, such as £5 per point, which is known as your ‘stake’. 
For every point the product’s price moves in your favour, you 
gain a multiple of your stake. For every point the price moves 
against you, you lose a multiple of your stake.

The CFD trade

ABC corporation

21st May

Spread

500    /    501 

SELL

BUY

You think the price will rise so 
you buy 2000 CFDs

Margin

5% of trade value. 
2000 x 5.005  x 0.05 =  £500.50

*

Open commission

0.1% to enter trade.  
2000 x 5.01 x 0.001 = -£10.02

You hold the position 
open for 5 days

Losing Trade

26th May

489   /   490

SELL

BUY

Assuming the market 
went down, you sell 2000 
CFDs at the price of 489

Close commission (0.1%)
= -£9.78

Breakdown

Trade: 
489 - 501 = -12pts
x 2000 = -£240

Commission (open + close)
-9.78 + (-10.02) = -£19.80

Financing costs for 5 days at 
82p per day = -£4.10**

Total Loss of -£263.90

Winning Trade

26th May

513   /   514

SELL

BUY

Assuming the market 
went up, you sell 2000 
CFDs at the price of 513

Close commission (0.1%)
= -£10.26

Breakdown

Trade: 
513 - 501 = 12pts
x 2000 = £240

Commission (open + close)
-10.02 + (-10.26) = -£20.28

Financing costs for 5 days at 
82p per day = -£4.10**

Total Profit of £215.62***

Losing Trade

26th May
CFD Spread
( 489    /    490 ) 

Spread Bet Spread

488.5   /   490.5

SELL

BUY

Assuming the market 
went down, you sell £20 
per point at 488.5

Breakdown

Trade: 
488.5 - 501.5 = -13pts
x 20 = -£260

Financing Costs for 5 days: 82p 
per day = -£4.10**

Total Loss of -£264.10

The Spread Bet

ABC corporation
21st May

CFD Spread
( 500    /    501 ) 

Spread Bet Spread

499.5      /      501.5 

SELL

BUY

You think the price will rise so you 
place a buy trade for £20 per point

Margin

5% of trade value. 
20 x 500.50* x 0.05 =  £500.50

You hold the position 
open for 5 days

Winning Trade

26th May
CFD Spread
( 513    /    514 ) 

Spread Bet Spread

512.5   /   514.5

SELL

BUY

Assuming the market 
went up, you sell £20 per 
point at 512.5

Breakdown

Trade: 
512.5 - 501.5 = 11pts
x 20 = £220

Financing Costs for 5 days: 82p 
per day = -£4.10**

Total Profit of £215.90

* Mid-price  
The mid-price is 5.005, the mid-point between the buy and sell price
** Financing cost calculation  
No. of units x opening trade price  x buy financing rate / 365  |  (2000 x 5.01 x 3) / 365 = 82p per day  |  5 days = £4.10
*** Total Profit  
Profit gross of potential capital gains tax

*Mid-price 
The mid-price is 500.5, the mid-point between the buy and sell price.
**Financing cost calculation
Stake x opening trade price  x buy financing rate/ 365 | (20 x 501.50 x 3) / 365 = 82p per day | 5 days = £4.10

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic reportclose a binary trade prior to the time of expiry as the odds of the 
product being above or below a pre-determined level change as 
the price in the underlying market changes. The Group has 
launched four types of binaries; Ladder, One Touch, Up/Down 
and Range.

Binaries and Countdowns

20

During the summer of 2015 CMC Markets launched 
Countdowns, a limited risk trading product that enables clients 
to place trades over a range of short-term timeframes. The 
client decides the timeframe starting from time of trade as 
opposed to selecting a pre-determined expiry time. 
Countdowns has been rolled out across all core markets and 
proven popular with both new and existing clients.

In April 2016 the Group further expanded its product range 
with the launch of binaries across all core markets. With 
binaries, the client’s risk and potential profit are determined at 
the point of trade. Clients are offered the opportunity to place a 
trade depending on whether they believe a particular market’s 
price will be above or below a certain level at a specific time in 
the future. If their trade is “in the money” at the end of the 
specified timeframe, they will be credited with the amount 
agreed at the point of trade; if they are “out of the money” they 
will forfeit their stake. Clients also have the opportunity to 

Losing Trade

If a Binary event does 
not occur the price 
settles at 0.

The UK100 settlement 
price at 16:35 is 6,050.0 
therefore the binary 
finished below the Strike 
Price and settles at 0

Loss = (0 – 30) x 10
Loss = £300

The Binary ‘Ladder’ trade

UK 100

Current Settlement Price

6,000.0

Will the settlement price be at or above 
a specified strike price at the end of 
the binary expiry

Strike Price
6,100.0

Current Binary Price* for this Strike

24.2^

SELL

30.0

BUY

You think the event will occur so you 
place a buy trade for 10 @ 30.0

Binary Expiry**
16:35:00

Winning Trade

21

If a Binary event occurs 
the price settles at 100.

The UK100 settlement 
price at 16:35 is 6,110.0 
therefore the binary 
finished above the Strike 
Price and settles at 100.

Profit = (100 – 30) x 10
Profit = £700

Winning Trade

Settlement Price finishes 
above the Countdown 
Price at the end of the 
expiry.

Payout = (£20 x 85%) + 
£20 Stake
Pay  out = £37

Stockbroking

CMC Markets also offers Australian wholesale and retail clients 
the ability to buy and sell ASX and SSX (formerly APX) listed 
products and managed funds. Clients have access to live market 
data and independent research and analysis tools. 

Losing Trade

Settlement Price finishes 
below the Countdown 
Price at the end of the 
expiry

Loss = £20 Stake

The Countdown trade

UK 100

Current Settlement Price

6,000.0

Will the Countdown Price be ‘Above’ or 
‘Below’ the Settlement Price at the end 
of the Countdown expiry,

Countdown Price @ 12:30:25
6,000.0

5 Minute Expiry

PAYOUT 85%*

You think the Countdown Price will 
finish ‘higher than the Settlement Price 
so you place an Above^ trade for £20

Countdown Expiry
12:35:25

^If you believe the Settlement Price will finish below the Countdown price at the end of the expiry then you can choose to place a Below trade. If the price finished below 

we are pricing the event as less likely to occur.

at expiry then you would receive a payout of £37 ((£20 x 85%) + £20 Initial Stake). If it finished above then your loss would be limited to your stake size of £20. 

^If you believe the Binary event will not occur you can sell the Binary. In the example above you would sell the Binary at 24.2 and if the event does not happen your profit 

*If the Countdown price finishes equal with the Settlement Price at the end of the expiry the Countdown will end in a draw and a percentage of your stake is returned. 

is equal to (24.2 – 0) x 10 = £242. If the event did occur then your loss is equal to (24.2 - 100) x 10 = £758.

The percentage of your stake returned will differ depending on the product traded and expiry.

**Binary Positions may be closed partially or fully prior to the Binary Expiry except for during the ‘Pre-Close’ period which may be different for each product and expiry.

*Binary Prices are always quoted between 0 & 100. If the price is closer to 100 then we are pricing the event as more likely to occur, while if the price is closer to 0 then 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our geographical reach

CMC Markets is a global business with operations in 14 
countries. The head office is based in London, UK and the 
business has offices across many of the world’s leading 
financial centres including Frankfurt, Paris, Sydney, Singapore 
and Toronto.

22

Oslo

London

Paris

Toronto

Madrid

Milan

Stockholm

Warsaw

Frankfurt

Vienna

Singapore

Beijing

Sydney

Auckland

Tradez différemment

CFD : ACTIONS | INDICES  
 FOREX | MATIÈRES PREMIÈRES

www.cmcmarkets.fr

Documentation à caractère commercial

Opere con un  
Bróker de confianza

Next Generation: una experiencia de trading sin igual

•  Una plataforma profesional para el trading con CFDs con múltiples premios*
•  Opere con más de 10.000 CFDs sobre Divisas, Índices, Acciones, Materias Primas y Bonos
•  Horquillas competitivas, desde 0,7 pts en EUR/USD y 1,4 pts sobre US 30
•  Opere en cualquier momento con nuestras apps para móviles y tablets

Expertos en CFDs y CFDs Forex

www.cmcmarkets.es     
911 140 701

2014

WINNER
Best Online Trading Platform

2015

WINNER
Best Mobile/Tablet 
Trading Application

*Premiada como ‘Best Online Trading Platform’ (Mejor plataforma de tradingonline) por Shares Awards en 2014;  ‘Best Mobile/Tablet 
Trading Application’ (Mejor Aplicación de trading para móviles y tablets), por Shares Awards 2015.

La operativa con CFDs, al ser productos complejos y apalancados, conlleva un nivel de riesgo elevado para su capital y usted puede incurrir en pérdidas que superen los 
fondos depositados. Es posible que estos productos no resulten adecuados para todos los inversores; por lo tanto, asegúrese de comprender plenamente los riesgos que 
implican, de hacer un seguimiento constante de la inversión y busque asesoramiento independiente en caso de ser necesario.

Annual Report 2016Strategic reportOur strategic objectives
Our strategic objectives

The Group has five strategic objectives underpinning medium term revenue growth for the business.

24

Maintain a strong pipeline of new products and developments

25

Opportunity

Progress

Diversifying the product offering to attract existing clients 
to trade more with the Group and broaden the appeal to a 
wider potential client base.

•  The release of Countdowns in July 2015 has been a 

success and the release of a wider binaries offering in 
April 2016 means a more complete offering for our 
clients.

•  Other products are currently under development, with 
a strong pipeline to be delivered in the coming financial 
year.

Increase the client base in established markets

Implement digital solutions to improve efficiencies across the client journey

Opportunity

Progress

Opportunity

Progress

The established markets of the UK, Australia and Germany 
generate a significant part of the Group’s revenue, and 
given the size of the markets, they also offer the greatest 
absolute growth opportunities. This means that we 
continue to focus on developing brand and product 
awareness with the aim of becoming the choice provider to 
new clients in these regions and provide the premium 
proposition required to attract clients from competitors.

•  Strong growth in the UK, net revenue increased by 

30% and active clients were up 12%.

•  Maintained number one market position in Germany.

•  Now number one provider to high value clients in 

Australia.

It is recognised that digital and mobile channels present 
opportunities for the Group to attract new clients and 
retain existing clients more efficiently by adopting a highly 
digital approach to the client journey.

•  Investment in the digital marketing team throughout 

the year.

•  Focus on driving demand through online and mobile 

acquisition channel activity.

•  Focus on conversions through new websites and 

onboarding improvements.

•  Focus on retention and reactivation through 

sophisticated eCRM.

Expand into new markets and grow developing regions

Establish the business as a key player in the institutional sector

Opportunity

Progress

Opportunity

Progress

New regions and developing regions offer an opportunity 
for revenue growth with marginal additional cost given the 
scalability of the business. Markets where CMC currently 
operate but have a small market share have received a 
focus on expansion opportunities, and new regions where 
CMC has no presence but the potential client base exists 
are regularly reviewed and offices are being considered 
where appropriate.

•  Opening of Poland and Austria offices.

•  70% growth in the value of client trades in France.

•  A number of other markets currently under review.

Strong opportunity to offer our award winning platform to 
other institutions, through white label (branded) and grey 
label (unbranded) propositions. 

•  Full Next Generation institutional offering now 

available and new team established.

•  Existing partners successfully migrating to the Next 
Generation platform and new partners onboarded.

•  Strong pipeline of opportunities. 

•  Capabilities also developed enabling institutions to 

electronically connect to CMC platform (API 
connectivity).

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic report  
  
  
  
  
Business enablers

The Group has six business enablers supporting the delivery of its objectives

26

Technology and operational excellence

27

Client service

Our ambition is to deliver an unparalleled experience to all of our clients. Offering competitive pricing, products and trading 
capabilities that our clients expect. 

CMC Markets continues to place the utmost importance on client service and the continuous delivery of fair outcomes to our 
clients through our behaviour, image, product innovation and internal culture.

Progress

We have continued to develop the Next Generation trading platform to respond to our clients’ needs. Increased recruitment 
onto our Sales Trading desk has enabled the business to manage and support our top-tier client base and to encourage 
acquisition of other high value traders from our competitors. 

Winning 21 awards globally last year including Highest Overall Client Satisfaction from UK Investment Trends combined 
with the Best Spread Betting platform from the ADVFN International Financial Awards gives clear confirmation that we are 
delivering a service that offers clients exactly what they want.

For the sixth consecutive year, our Australian stockbroking business has been awarded the CANSTAR national award for 
‘Outstanding Value Online Share Trading’.

Technology and operations has always been a key to the success of CMC Markets and this has won the business recognition 
as the leader in our industry for innovation and service. Our aim is to provide our clients with the ability to take ownership of 
their personal financial investments. Our platform has been built to provide complete control and flexibility. 

Progress

We have continued to invest in infrastructure and technology to ensure the platform has the capacity to cope with increased 
demand as the business continues to grow. The rising general threat from cyber-attacks and breaches has led to an increase 
in spend in this area with a number of new contracts and initiatives this year to ensure CMC has the right technology in place 
to protect its business, clients and platform. 

Our investment in technology and operational processes allows us to expand with ease in the future, providing scalability, 
combined with exceptional dependability and speed, while driving down marginal costs as volumes grow.

Trading risk management

Part of the success of CMC Markets is our global trading risk management capability, dealing with high volumes of 
sophisticated multi-asset retail flow benefiting from a significant proportion of natural aggregation. Our strong capital and 
liquidity balances allow us to retain an element of net client portfolio risk, transferring the remaining risk through hedging to 
our external counterparties. This delivers a highly automated transactional based risk management strategy, allowing the 
business to deliver consistent and sustainable returns irrespective of underlying client performance and driving long term 
client engagement. 

Risk appetite is controlled via strong governance and real time controls and oversight, within tightly defined risk parameters 
approved by the Board.

Competitive product offering 

Progress

CMC Markets continually invests significant resources in developing the Next Generation trading platform to ensure we stay 
at the forefront of the industry by constantly delivering the latest innovations. We monitor industry trends and engage 
extensively with our clients through numerous feedback mechanisms to ensure we regularly add new trading tools, additional 
products and new ways to trade. 

Progress

During the year we added over 6,500 new instruments, bringing our total instrument offering over 10,000 global products, 
all of which can be traded both online via a desktop and on the go via our range of advanced mobile apps. New usability 
features, including module linking and inbuilt search functionality have also made a significant impact on how clients 
navigate the trading platform features. The introduction of GSLOs (Guaranteed Stop Loss Orders) has proved to be a 
popular new Risk Management tool. In addition to all these improvements we launched brand new products in the form of 
Countdowns and binaries. 

Our continual investment into enhancing the Next Generation technology on both web and mobile has been one of the 
driving forces behind another year of industry recognition. Last year CMC Markets won the prestigious UK Financial 
Services Provider of the Year from Shares Awards. This is the fourth time we have won this award in the last five years and 
our third in succession. We were also honoured to win the Best Mobile/Tablet App and Best CFD Provider at the same 
awards.

Enhancements to our trading tools during the year have further improved the returns of our highly automated transactional 
based risk management strategy. This has helped deliver improved daily average revenue, lower revenue variability and a 
lower percentage of loss days than the prior year.

The risk management framework ensures net exposures are managed within asset class level notional based limits. The risk 
limits along with our regulatory requirement, broker margins and FX net open position levels are all computed and displayed 
real-time in the dealer dashboards.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic report 
28

Financial strength

29

CMC Markets plc

Strategic report

We aim to maintain our secure capital and liquidity structure, ensuring that it is appropriate for the future growth and 
success of the business. This includes a long-term level of capital to withstand the demands of financial fluctuations in the 
markets and access to a healthy level of surplus liquid resources in line with the size of our business and the growth 
opportunities which exist.

Progress

The Group monitors its capital position on a real time basis. The Group’s capital position has increased compared with  
the prior year. (see Financial review, page 36). The Group’s liquidity position has improved during the year (see Financial 
review, page 36) and the available credit facility demonstrates the robust liquidity profile of the Group. The facility  
provides additional capacity to support the Group’s strategy of maintaining excess liquidity to fund both growth and  
client trading peaks.

Our people

CMC Markets is committed to recruiting, developing, retaining and motivating exceptional people who are talented, 
innovative and determined to deliver on our promise to our clients.

The flat management structure and cross-departmental collaborative environment encourage knowledge sharing, ideas 
generation and rapid delivery.

Progress

Our people are core to everything that we do and we continue to ensure that we attract and retain the best talent available; 
our continuing commitment to our people is described in more depth in Corporate social responsibility (page 30).

New global TV campaign

Annual Report 2016Strategic report 
 
Corporate social responsibility

30

31

CMC Markets has a responsibility to maximise shareholder 
returns, and this is aligned with striving to provide clients with 
the best service and platform, safety of deposits and best 
execution. This is achieved not only through the company having 
financial strength but also through investing in our employees 
and wider social practices.

Our people

5761 people work for the Group globally and the Group is 
committed to providing a safe, challenging, progressive and 
innovative place to work. The quality of our staff is essential to 
the success of the Group. We offer competitive employment 
packages, including a flexible benefit scheme to enable the 
Group to attract and retain the best available talent. In addition 
to the senior management and critical talent equity incentives, 
since listing, all UK employees are now offered the ongoing 
opportunity to contribute to an HMRC eligible Share Incentive 
Plan.

There is regular communication to staff at all levels through 
multiple channels, including town halls, global e-mails and 
publications on the intranet. These communications raise 
awareness of the latest developments and factors affecting the 
Company. In addition, senior management encourage dialogue 
with employees through an open door policy. 

Diversity

As a Group, we are committed to having a diverse workforce, 
and believe that diversity brings valuable experience and skills 
to the business, through boosting the productivity of our 
employees. The Group provides a number of apprenticeship 
and graduate positions that offer individuals the opportunity 
to obtain new skills, as well as develop existing skillsets. The 
Group also provides learning and development opportunities, 
both on-the-job and through more formal training methods, 
for all employees, including the senior management team, in 
order to build critical capabilities across the Group by 
specifically developing our high-potential talent and driving 
business performance. We acknowledge that the diversity of 
the Group can be improved and the Board monitors this on an 
ongoing basis.

1 Employees of the Group including contractors as at 31 March 2016
2 Direct reports to CEO and subsidiary Directors excluding Board Directors as at 31 March 2016

Total 
Employed1

Male 422

Female 154

Board

Male 6

Female 1

Senior 
Management2

Male 15 

Female 1

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic reportCMC Markets plc

Strategic report

33

Collaboration

We actively encourage our employees to suggest and contribute 
to pioneering and innovative ideas, which are fostered through 
our flat organisational structure. The Group strongly believes 
that the contribution of a diverse, talented and passionate team 
is vital for the continuing success of the company. 

32

Equal opportunities

The Group highly values the differences and creativity that a 
diverse workforce brings and is committed to recruiting, 
developing and retaining a world class team irrespective of 
ethnicities, nationalities, sexual orientation, gender identity, 
beliefs, religions, cultures, and physical abilities. CMC Markets 
seeks to establish a culture that values meritocracy, openness, 
fairness and transparency.

CMC Markets affirms that it will not tolerate any form of 
unlawful and unfair discrimination. In searching for talent the 
commitment is always to recruit the best from the broadest 
applicant pool. All candidates have the right to expect that they 
will be respected and valued for the contribution that they bring 
to the Group.

We are committed to giving full consideration to applications 
for employment from disabled persons, as well as providing 
continuing employment to existing employees who become 
disabled during their employment where practicable. Where 
existing employees become disabled, whether temporarily or 
permanently, we adapt the working environment and where 
possible offer flexible working, training and graduated back-to-
work plans in conjunction with occupational health to ensure 
the retention of employees.

Human rights

CMC conducts business in an ethical manner and adheres to 
policies which support recognised human rights principles. The 
Group slavery and human trafficking statement can be found on 
the Group website (www.cmcmarkets.com/group).

Health and safety

The health and safety of the Group’s employees and visitors is 
of primary importance. The Group is committed to creating and 
maintaining a safe and healthy working environment. Health 
and safety audits and risk assessments are carried out regularly.

Clients

Clients are critical to the success of the business and we strive 
to deliver a high quality and efficient service to all of them. 
Client service is central to our strategy and is described in more 
depth in the Business review on page 16.

The Group fully segregates all retail client funds whether 
required by regulation or not. All funds are held separately in 
designated accounts to ensure that in the event of company 
default, client funds are safe and can be quickly returned  
to clients. 

CFDs and spread bets are leveraged products and losses can 
exceed initial deposits. In order to help protect clients from 
suffering excessive losses, most client positions are 
automatically liquidated once margin has been reduced to 
agreed levels. Within the platform there are also a number of 
tools available to clients to effectively manage their risk. 

We also offer our clients a range of education opportunities 
through weekly and monthly webinars and seminars, as well as 
our Trader Development programme which offers a wide range 
of in-platform, on-demand education and tailored market 
commentary.

We acknowledge that our products are not suitable for 
everyone so ensure that we follow strict guidelines when 
marketing our products, ensuring that our marketing material is 
fair, clear and not misleading. When clients open accounts we 
assess whether the product is appropriate for them by asking a 
number of key questions, including trading experience, income 
and savings.

Charities and the community

During the year ended 31 March 2016 CMC Markets donated 
1% of profit before tax to charity totalling £540,000, with The 
Peter Cruddas Foundation receiving £450,000. The Peter 
Cruddas Foundation strap line is “Helping Young People 
Achieve More”, and during the year a number of donations were 
made to a number of London based charities, selected through 
employee engagement.

In addition to the donations to The Peter Cruddas Foundation, 
CMC Markets’ staff are encouraged to support charity through 
a company matching scheme, with CMC Markets matching 
every pound raised through employee sponsorship.

Our environmental impact

CMC Markets are committed to managing our environmental 
impact and are fully aware that by considering the environment in 
our decision making, particularly around technology adoption, we 
can have a beneficial impact on the Group’s performance. Our key 
environmental impacts are from running our global offices and 
business travel. For the purpose of this report we are disclosing 
our Scope 1 and 2 global emissions in accordance with the 
Environmental Reporting Guidelines as issued by the 
Department for Environment Food & Rural Affairs.

The running of our two UK data centres accounts for the majority 
of the Group’s electricity usage, and we always look for 
opportunities to improve both the efficiency of the datacentres 
and the IT infrastructure housed in them. Over the past two years 
we have made considerable investment in our IT infrastructure, 
including moving the primary site to a new state of the art facility 
outside of London during 2015, which utilises fresh air cooling 
to minimise the power needed to run expensive cooling 
equipment. In our secondary datacentre site we recently 
installed cold aisle containment to reduce the cooling required, 
which is estimated to reduce energy usage on the site by as 
much as 20% per year. Further, the purchase of new server 
infrastructure has enabled the business to consolidate the 
amount of equipment required to support the platform, 

Annual Report 2016Strategic reportreducing our overall footprint by approximately half. We have further consolidated our footprint overseas by closing or reducing the 
size of datacentre sites in Singapore and Sydney. All decommissioned equipment is recycled or disposed of in a secure and 
environmentally sound manner. 

34

We are also mindful of and have consideration for the environmental impact of each of our global offices and have a clear 
preference for energy efficient rated office buildings. In this respect our UK head office is situated in a BREEAM (Building Research 
Establishments Environmental Assessment Method) rated building whose management team continually strive to increase 
sustainability.

We have well-established waste management initiatives in place to effectively manage and reduce waste, which have been 
implemented across the organisation. We recycle all paper, cardboard waste, aluminium cans and plastics and also operate a 
managed print solution to help control paper usage. We use a registered waste disposal contractor for their strict compliance with 
relevant waste legislation.

Basis of preparation

Greenhouse gas emissions are calculated in alignment with records used for the production of the consolidated financial 
statements for the relevant accounting period and conversion factors published by the Department for Environment, Food & Rural 
Affairs guidelines “Greenhouse Gas Conversion Factors for Company Reporting” issued on 10 June 2015. All emissions required 
under the Companies Act 2006 are included except where stated and include Scope 1 (direct emissions from gas consumption) 
and Scope 2 (indirect emissions from purchased electricity) emissions, but exclude Scope 3 (other emissions from business travel 
and waste) emissions. Global diesel usage for backup generators at one office location has been excluded from the report given 
that it is not material to our carbon emissions. The figures include emissions from all global offices.

Mandatory Greenhouse Gas emissions report by scope

35

GROUP

Scope 1
Natural Gas consumption

Scope 2
Electricity consumption

Total global emissions

Net operating income

Year ended

Year ended

Unit

31 March 2016

31 March 2015 % Change

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

£m

105.9

108.4

(2%)

2,518.8

2,624.7

169.4

15 .5

3,452.0

3,560.4

143.6

24 .8

(27%)

(26%)

(37%)

Intensity ratio (total global emissions / net operating income)

tCO₂e / £m

The majority of the reduction in electricity consumption is due to switch over and consequent temporary dual running of two UK 
data centres during the year ended 31 March 2015. Further reductions were also achieved during the year ended 31 March 2016 
through the efficiencies outlined above.

Total Emissions (tCO2e) 
Year ended 31 March 2016

Total Emissions (tCO2e) 
Year ended 31 March 2015

Gas 4%               Electricity 96%

Gas 3%               Electricity 97%

Annual Report 2016Strategic reportFinancial review
KPIs

36

Revenue growth and operating effectiveness

Delivery of shareholder value and returns

Net operating income 

up £25.8 million (18%) to £169.4 million

FY15  

FY16  

Underlying profit before tax

up £10.5 million (20%) to £62.4 million

FY15    

FY16  

Statutory profit before tax 

up £9.9 million (23%) to £53.4 million 

FY15    

FY16  

 143.6M

169.4M

 £51.9M

£62.4M

£43.5M 

£53.4M

▲18%

Profit after tax 

up £7.8 million (22%) to £42.5 million

FY15    

FY16  

▲20%

Basic earnings per share

up 2.7 pence (22%) to 15.1 pence

FY15    

FY16  

 £34.7M

£42.5M

 12.4p

15.1p

▲23%

Dividend per share paid/proposed relating to the financial year

up 5.0 pence (88%) to 10.7 pence  

FY15    

FY16  

5.7p

10.7p

Client value generation and client quality 

Client value generation and client quality 

Revenue per active client 

up £112 (4%) to £2,828

FY15    

FY16  

Active clients 

up 7,026 (14%) to 57,329

FY15    

FY16  

 £2,716

£2,828

 50,303

57,329

▲4%

Value of client trades 

up £445 billion (27%) to £2,071 billion

FY15    

FY16  

 £1,626Bn

£2,071Bn

▲14%

Number of trades

up 22.2 million (50%) to 66.8 million

FY15    

FY16  

44.6M

66.8M

37

▲22%

▲22%

▲88%

▲27%

▲50%

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic report39

Summary income statement 

38

£m

Net operating income

Other income
Operating expenses

EBITDA

Analysed as:
Underlying EBITDA
Net exceptional items1

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Analysed as:
Underlying profit before tax
Net exceptional items1

Profit before tax

Underlying PBT margin

PBT margin

Profit after tax

Underlying profit after tax 2

Pence

Basic EPS

Underlying Basic EPS

2016

 169 .4 

 3 .1 
 (112.3)

 60 .2 

 69.2 

 (9.0)

 60 .2 

 (6.0)

 (0.8)

 53 .4 

 62.4 

 (9.0)

 53 .4 

36.8%

31.5%

 42 .5 

 50 .7 

2016

 15 .1

 18 .0

2015

Variance

Variance %

 143 .6 

 -  
 (92.3)

 51 .3

 59.7 

 (8.4)

 51 .3 

 (6.9)

 (0.9)

 43 .5 

 51.9 

 (8.4)

 43 .5 

36.2%

30.3%

 34 .7 

 40 .9 

 25 .8 

 3 .1 
 (20.0)

 8 .9 

 9.5 

 (0.6)

 8 .9

 0.9 

 0.1 

 9 .9 

 10.5 

 (0.6)

 9 .9

0.6%

1.2%

 7 .8 

 9 .8

18%

-
(22)%

17%

16%

(6)%

17%

13%

14%

23%

20%

(6)%

23%

-

-

22%

24%

2015

 12 .4

 14 .6

Variance

Variance %

 2 .7

 3 .4

22%

23%

1 Consists of £3.1m exceptional income and £12.1m exceptional costs
2 Based on implied tax payable should exceptional items not have been incurred

Annual Report 2016Strategic report41

Summary 

Net operating income grew £25.8 million (18%) to £169.4 million, driven by the continuing focus on the Group’s strategic 
initiatives, all of which have made a contribution to delivering improvements in both active client numbers and trading activity.

40

The UK continued to grow at an encouraging pace in what is the largest mature market in the sector; our increased digital 
marketing efforts are starting to deliver positive results; opening of our new Poland office and change of management in France are 
starting to show improving performance; regarding new products, Countdowns were released in the UK, Australia and New 
Zealand in July 2015 and the remainder of Europe in November 2015 and contributed gross revenue of £4.3 million over the 
period since launch; and our institutional Partners team has begun actively selling our Partners Next Generation offering.

Although average market volatility remained lower than has been seen historically, it was higher than the previous year and this was 
also a contributory factor to the rise in trading activity. The higher levels of trading activity were illustrated through a £445 billion 
(27%) increase in the value of client trades to £2,071 billion, including a record month in August 2015. Against this backdrop the 
continual refinement of the risk management strategy has demonstrated its value through improved consistency of the Group’s 
daily revenue flow as well as a reduction in the amount of loss days.

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

11.0

10.3

8.4

2014

2015

2016

CFD and spead bet loss day %

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

476

566

673

2014

2015

2016

Average daily CFD 
and spread bet trading revenue (£000s)

Active client numbers and revenue per active client (RPC) increased by 7,026 (14%) to 57,329 and £112 (4%) to £2,828 
respectively. RPC growth was moderate but demonstrates the growth in active clients has not come at the detriment of the overall 
quality of the client base. At £2,828 our RPC is amongst one of the highest in the industry and importantly is shown after we 
returned a record £10.5 million to clients through our global rebate programme. 

Total costs increased by £19.0 million (19%) to £119.1 million. Excluding exceptional costs, the year-on-year increase was £15.3 
million (17%). This increase was driven by investment in personnel and increased marketing activity, partly offset by lower 
amortisation costs.

Underlying profit before tax increased by £10.5 million (20%) to £62.4 million, and our underlying profit before tax margin 
increased by 0.6% to 36.8%. As we have continued to invest in the business for the future we have been able to improve our margin.

Statutory profit before tax increased by £9.9 million (23%) to £53.4 million and profit before tax margin1 increased by 1.2% from 
30.3% to 31.5%. 

1 Statutory profit before tax as a percentage of net operating income

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic reportNet operating income overview

UK

£m

42

CFD and spread bet (including binaries) net revenue

Stockbroking (exc interest income)

Interest income

Other operating income

Net operating income

2016

162.2

5.2

1.8

0.2

169 .4

2015

136.6

5.1

2.1

(0.2)

143 .6

Retail rebates, included within net operating income, increased by £3.5 million (50%) to £10.5 million. We continue to be 
committed to our clients and our monthly rebate scheme, which is based on the notional value that they trade, is central to this 
commitment.

Partner and institutional rebates have also grown against the prior year, as the Next Generation institutional offering has been 
released. This has resulted in existing Partner clients trading more as they have migrated to the Next Generation platform as well as 
attracting new institutions.

Regional performance overview: CFD and spread bet

UK

Europe

APAC & Canada

Total

UK

Europe

APAC & Canada

Total

UK

Europe

APAC & Canada

Total

Net revenue (£m)

Value of trades (£bn)

Active Clients

RPC (£)

2016

63.1

48.5

50.6

162 .2

746

672

653

2,071

2015

17,268

21,714

18,347

57,329

3,652 

2,234 

2,760 

2,828 

Net revenue (£m)

Value of trades (£bn)

Active Clients

RPC (£)

48.6

45.4

42.6

136 .6

15,417

20,019

14,867

50,303

548

553

525

1,626

% change

Net revenue (£m)

Value of trades 

Active Clients

30%

7%

19%

19%

36%

22%

24%

27%

12%

8%

23%

14%

3,152 

2,269

2,864 

2,716 

RPC

16%

(2%)

(4%)

4%

The value of client trades in the UK was 36% ahead of the prior year at £746 billion (FY15: £548 billion), with active client numbers 
up by 12% during the year to 17,268 (FY15: 15,417). The annual Investment Trends study published in October 2015 highlighted 
an increase in primary market share for CMC, in a UK spread betting market that grew by 4% to 81,000 active clients. Continued 
improvements to product, platform and service were underpinned by Investment Trends data with CMC ranked in the top three in 
seventeen of eighteen categories relating to client satisfaction, with first place rankings in twelve categories including overall 
quality of service. Client acquisition has improved by 10% from the prior year following further investment in developing the digital 
marketing infrastructure. Client quality and retention again improved during the year with revenue per active client up 16% during 
the year to £3,652 (FY15: £3,152), with a continued focus on attracting and retaining high value clients, those that are both new to 
the market or switching to CMC from direct competitors.

43

Europe

Europe comprises the German, French, Italian, Spanish, Norwegian and Swedish offices, as well as our new Austrian and Polish 
offices which opened during the year. Our Polish office will serve the wider Central and Eastern Europe region. The value of client 
trades in Europe was 22% ahead of the prior year at £672 billion (FY15: £553 billion). Active client numbers were up 7% in the year 
at 21,714 (FY15: 20,019). A market leading position was maintained in Germany1, CMC’s core European market with a 17% 
market share of primary CFD active clients, and the launch of automatic client verification providing greater efficiency in the client 
onboarding process. There was a strong performance from France, with the value of trades 70% ahead of the prior year at £33 
billion (FY15: £20 billion) following changes to the management team and further investment in marketing spend. The last 
remaining clients were migrated from CMC’s legacy Market Maker platform to the Next Generation platform during the year. 
White and grey label Partners functionality was developed in local language for our European offices. 

Countdowns launch on the Polish website

1 Investment Trends April 2015 Germany CFD & FX Report

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic report 
APAC and Canada

44

Our APAC and Canada business, which services clients from our Sydney, Auckland, Singapore and Toronto offices, continued to 
grow during the year with the value of client trades 24% ahead of the prior year at £653 billion (FY15: £525 billion), new accounts 
up 43% and active client numbers up 23%. Our continuing success across all key financial metrics has been further recognised 
externally by Investment Trends1 with CMC achieving the number one ranking in terms of market share for CFD high value clients 
in Australia, number one market share for frequent trading FX clients in Australia, and number one primary market share for CFD 
high value clients in Singapore. This demonstrates success in our continued goal to acquire and support our high value client base. 
These independent reports also showed that CMC had the highest prompted brand awareness in the Australian market, and 
therefore CMC’s brand profile is continuing to build strength in the region.

Stockbroking

The Australian stockbroking business improved on prior year performance, with trading revenues of £5.2 million (2015: £5.1 
million), driven by continued strong client acquisition. This is despite a stagnant local index combined with poor ongoing sentiment 
driven by the performance of local bank and resources stocks, the slowdown seen in both China and other emerging markets and 
adverse currency movements. 

During the year the stockbroking business launched their Pro Platform build using HTML5 to complement its successful frequent 
trader strategy, and also supported several on-market capital raisings through the ASX on-market bookbuild service. Further, the 
wholesale business grew through winning several mandates which included a white label partnership with Australia’s fifth largest bank.

45

The CMC Markets sponsored NSW Waratahs in action

1 Investment Trends June 2015 Australia CFD Report, Investment Trends November 2015 Australia FX Report, Investment Trends August 2015  

Singapore CFD & FX Report

Head of Product Development Ryan O’Doherty introduces the new Australian stockbroking Pro Platform

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic reportInterest income

The low interest rate environment has meant that interest income has reduced marginally from an already low base to £1.8 million 
(FY15: £2.1 million). This is mainly earned through our segregated client deposits in our Australia, New Zealand and stockbroking 
subsidiaries.

The Group’s underlying operating expenses increased by £16.3 million (19%) to £100.2 million with higher net staff costs (£5.4 
million increase) due to investment in key areas of the business, continuing growth in digital and brand marketing spend (£4.6 
million increase) and increases in other costs with higher irrecoverable sales tax and bad debts the main drivers of the rise. The 
increased investment in personnel and marketing spend has directly contributed to the 14% increase in active clients.

46

Other income

All other income of £3.1 million relates to a litigation settlement. Given its one-off nature, the Group has classed the income as 
exceptional.

Asset class performance

Indices continue to generate the majority of the Group’s revenue (excluding interest and other operating income)  on an asset 
class basis. FX has improved its revenue share due to more trading opportunities in this asset class during the financial year 
leading to an improvement in value of client trades. 

FY16 Revenue by asset class

FY15 Revenue by asset class

Shares 10%

Indices 48%

Commodities 11%

FX 25%

Stockbroking 3%

Countdowns 3%

Treasury 0%

Shares 12%

Indices 49%

Treasury 1% 

FX 19%

Commodities 15%

Stockbroking 4%

Expenses

The London Stock Exchange listing has been a major driver in the increase in operating expenses during the year. Given the one-off 
nature of these costs, they have been classed as exceptional items. Total costs and exceptional items are separated below such that 
changes to the Group’s underlying cost base can be more easily understood.

Exceptional items in the current year consist of £4.8 million professional fees relating to the listing, £6.2 million share based 
payment incentives awarded to staff at the listing, and other costs, including associated irrecoverable VAT, of £1.1 million. 
Exceptional costs in the prior year relate to the £4.6 million settlement of an Australian litigation case and the associated legal 
costs and £3.8 million relating to provisions and write-offs of client debt arising from the Swiss National Bank decision to release  
the Swiss Franc peg.

£m

Net staff costs

IT costs

Sales and marketing costs

Premises costs

Legal and professional fees

Regulatory fees

Other

Total operating expenses before exceptional items
Exceptional costs

Total operating expenses
Depreciation and amortisation

Interest

Total costs

Staff costs

2016

46.1

12.7

18.3

4.8

3.6

2.7

12.0

100 .2
12.1

112 .3
6.0

0.8

119 .1

47

2015

40.7

11.4

13.7

5.6

2.9

2.1

7.5

83 .9
8.4

92 .3
6.9

0.9

100 .1

Net staff costs increased £5.4 million (13%) to £46.1 million, with investment in headcount, particularly in client acquisition, 
marketing and IT development, leading to average headcount rising from 473 to 539 (14%). Performance related pay increased 
broadly in line with average headcount.

£m

Wages and salaries

Performance related pay

Share-based payments (note 28)

Total employee costs
Contract staff costs

Net staff costs

Sales and marketing costs

2016

34.5

8.7

1.1

44 .3
1.8

46 .1

2015

31.1

6.9

1.0

39 .0
1.7

40 .7

Sales and marketing costs increased £4.6 million (34%) to £18.3 million during the year as we continue to invest in our brand profile 
and growing our client base, with a particular focus on digital channels. Brand activity included the sponsorship of the Land Rover 
BAR America’s Cup sailing team and the continuing support of the New South Wales Waratahs rugby team in Australia.

Aside from the brand spend, the main increases in expenditure were seen in our main hubs of the UK and Australia. The opening of 
the new Poland office also contributed towards the increase in expenditure.

Other expenses

IT costs increased £1.3 million (11%) to £12.7 million, due to additional expenditure in the cyber security area and increased 
market data costs.

Other costs increased by £4.5 million (59%) to £12.0 million, with the main contributors being a rise in irrecoverable sales tax, 
which has increased along with expenditure, and an increase in bad debts caused by market gaps through periods of high volatility.

Taxation

The effective tax rate for the year was 20% (2015: 20%). The majority of the Group’s profits are taxed in the UK and the reduction 
in the UK corporation tax rate from 21% to 20% had a positive effect. In addition, the Group benefited from higher utilisation of 
Australian corporation tax credits, which largely offset the impact of disallowable exceptional costs associated with the listing.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic reportProfit after tax for the year

Current liabilities 

The increase in profit after tax for the year of £7.8 million (22%) to £42.5 million (2015: £34.7 million) illustrates the continuing 
success of the Group’s strategy with a focus on client service, continuing innovation with enhancements of the award winning 
platform.

48

Dividend

Dividends of £24.9 million were paid during the year (FY15: £12.0 million), £10.0 million relating to a final dividend for the prior 
year paid in May 2015, with a £9.9 million interim dividend and a special dividend of £5.0 million paid in November 2015 in relation 
to the current year performance. The Group remains committed to a dividend policy of paying 50% of underlying post-tax profit as 
dividends.

Group statement of financial position

£m

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Financial investments

Amount due from brokers

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Borrowings

Current tax payable

Short term provisions

Total current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Long term provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity

Total equity and liabilities

Non-current assets 

2016

2.6

16.4

7.7

26 .7

20.9

0.8

20.4

84.2

78.3

204 .6

231 .3

34.6

5.0

1.4

7.8

0.2

49 .0

3.5

1.1

0.0

1.4

6 .0

55 .0

176 .3

231 .3

2015

3.7

17.4

7.5

28 .6

18.8

3.2

0.0

109.8

38.6

170 .4

199 .0

38.8

0.8

1.4

3.5

4.3

48 .8

3.9

2.5

0.1

1.4

7 .9

56 .7

142 .3

199 .0

The Group is committed to investing in and developing its trading platform and these costs are expensed as incurred. The majority 
of intangible assets relate to the net book value of software licences rather than net capitalised internal development costs.

Current assets 

Trade and other receivables relate mainly to client receivables from Stockbroking positions yet to settle, prepayments, amounts 
due from our segregated client accounts on the next working day and other client debtors. Amount due from brokers relates to 
cash held at brokers either for initial margin or to reduce interest payable on the Group’s overall hedge position. Cash and cash 
equivalents have increased significantly during the course of the year with cashflow generated from operations either being held 
as cash or financial investments. Cash generated from the listing was used to fund the exceptional costs associated with the event. 
Financial investments relate to the FCA BIPRU12 requirement to hold eligible assets against potential liquidity stress. This 
investment was made during November and December 2015.

Trade and other payables consist mainly of accruals and deferred income, amounts due on Stockbroking trades yet to settle, and 
amounts due to clients in relation to title transfer funds. Current tax payable has increased significantly to £7.8 million (FY15: £3.5 
million) due to the increase in Group profits. The decrease in provisions relates to an Australian litigation settlement that was paid 
in April 2015.

49

Non-current liabilities 

Trade and other payables relate mainly to the deferred unwinding of lease incentives on our London property and the decrease in 
borrowings is due to the amortisation of lease agreements associated with IT equipment purchases.

Regulatory capital

For the year under review, CMC Markets was supervised on a consolidated basis by the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). 
The Group maintained a significant capital surplus over the regulatory requirement at all times. 

The Group’s Tier 1 capital increased due to the rise in retained earnings relating to audited 2016 profits, capital raising as a result 
of the listing and lower intangible assets on the balance sheet. Deduction for deferred tax assets has been taken from the Tier 1 
capital through a phased approach in accordance with the EU Capital Requirements Directive IV (CRD IV).

At 31 March 2016 the capital resources represented 31.2% of the capital resources requirement (31 March 2015 27.9%). The 
following table summarises the Group’s capital adequacy position at the year end. The Group’s approach to capital management is 
described in note 4 to the financial statements.

Regulatory Capital

Total capital resources (£m)

Total risk exposure (£m)

Total capital ratio (%)

2016

154.3

494.9

31.2%

2015

135.9

487.5

27.9%

Note: capital resources include audited reserves and any changes to deferred tax assets resulting from the audit process and proposed dividends.

Liquidity

The Group has access to the following sources of liquidity that make up total available liquidity:

•  Own funds. The primary source of liquidity for the Group. It represents the funds that the business has generated historically, 
excluding all cash held on behalf of segregated clients. Own funds includes investments in UK government bonds which are 
held to meet the Group’s liquid asset buffer (LAB - as agreed with FCA). These UK government bonds are BIPRU 12.7 eligible 
securities and are available to meet liabilities which fall due in periods of stress.

•  Title Transfer Funds (TTFs). This represents funds received from professional clients and eligible counterparties (as defined in 
the FCA Handbook) that are held under a Title Transfer Collateral Agreement (TTCA); a means by which a professional client 
or eligible counterparty may agree that full ownership of such funds is unconditionally transferred to the Group. The Group 
considers these funds as an ancillary source of liquidity and places no reliance on its stability.

•  Available committed facility. (off-balance sheet liquidity). The Group has access to a facility of up to £40.0m (March 2015: 
£40.0 million) in order to fund any potential fluctuations in margins required to be posted at brokers to support our risk 
management strategy. The maximum amount of the facility available at any one time is dependent upon the initial margin 
requirements at brokers and margin received from clients. The facility consists of a one year term facility of £20.0 million and a 
three year term facility of £20.0 million, both of which will be renewed during June 2016.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic reportThe Group’s use of total available liquidity resources consist of:

•  Blocked cash. Amounts held to meet the requirements of local market regulators and amounts held at overseas subsidiaries in 

excess of local segregated client requirements to meet potential future client requirements.

50

•  Internal liquidity buffer. An amount that represents the Group’s liquidity risk appetite. This is based on the liquidity 

requirements of the Group under a number of stress tests (conducted according to the FCA’s ‘ILAS’ regime) and other 
‘traditional’ liquidity measures. This internal buffer is set at £10.0 million in excess of the regulatory LAB requirement.

The Board, through its Group Risk Committee, is ultimately responsible for the implementation of an appropriate risk strategy, 
which has been achieved by the establishment of an integrated Risk Management Framework. The main areas covered by the Risk 
Management Framework are:

•  Identification, evaluation and monitoring of the principal risks to which the Group is exposed.

•  Setting the Risk Appetite of the Board in order to achieve its strategic objectives.

51

•  Establishment and maintenance of governance, policies, systems and controls to ensure the Group is operating within the 

•  Initial margin requirement at broker. The total GBP equivalent initial margin required by prime brokers to cover the Group’s 

stated Risk Appetite.

hedge derivative positions.

At 31 March 2016, the Group held cash balances of £78.3 million (2015: £38.6 million). In addition, £226.1 million (2015: 
£232.3 million) was held in segregated client money accounts for clients. The movement in Group cash and cash equivalents is set 
out in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.

Own funds have increased to £176.4 million (2015: £143.1 million). Own funds include short term financial investments, amounts 
due from brokers and amounts receivable/payable on the Group’s derivative financial instruments. For more details refer to note 4 
of the financial statements.

£m

Own funds

Title transfer funds

Available committed facility

Total available liquidity
Less: Blocked cash

Less: Internal liquidity buffer

Less: Initial margin requirement at broker

Surplus total available liquidity1

Client Money 

2016

176.4

2.2

25.5

204 .1
(14.9)

(30.0)

(54.7)

104 .5

2015

143.1

7.8

36.8

187 .7
(14.9)

(30.0)

(52.8)

90 .0

The Board has put in place a governance structure which is appropriate for the operations of an online retail financial services 
group and is aligned to the delivery of the Groups’ strategic objectives. The structure is regularly reviewed and monitored and any 
changes are subject to Board approval. Furthermore, management regularly considers updates to the processes and procedures to 
embed good corporate governance throughout CMC Markets.

dit
al Au
xtern
d E
n
al a

w via Intern

vie
nt re

e
d
n
e
p
e
d
In

Board

Executive Committees
Execution of Board’s risk stratgey including Risk Appetite

Risk & Control Functions
Finance, Risk Management, Legal, Compliance, Financial Crime.
Integrate risk management into daily business activities, 
providing guidance tools and support

Business Functions

Identify, own, assess and manage risks. 
Design, implement and monitor suitable controls,
Issue Management, KRI and Risk Appetite reporting

Total client money held by the Group on behalf of its retail clients including regulatory buffers held in client money bank accounts 
was £230.7 million at 31 March 2016 (2015: £233.4 million). Client money is held by the Group in trust for its retail clients and is 
not included in available liquid assets.

Client funds represent the latent capacity for our clients to trade and offer an underlying indication to the health of our client base. 

As part of the Group Risk Management Framework, the business is subject to independent assurance by external and internal audit 
(third line of defence). The use of independent compliance monitoring, risk reviews (second line of defence) and risk and control 
self-assessments (first line of defence) provide additional support to the integrated assurance programme and ensure that the 
Group is effectively identifying, managing and reporting its risks.

Client money governance

The Group has established a Risk Management Framework the main components of which are:-

The Group segregates all money held by it on behalf of retail clients in accordance with applicable client money regulations in 
countries in which it operates and in particular the CASS rules of the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA). All segregated client 
funds are held in dedicated client money bank accounts with major banks that meet strict internal criteria and are held separately 
from the Group’s own money.

The Group has comprehensive client money processes and procedures in place to ensure client money is identified and protected 
at the earliest possible point after receipt as well as governance structures which ensure such activities are effective in 
protecting client money. The Group’s governance structure is explained further on pages 64 to 72.

Principal risks and uncertainties

The Group’s business activities naturally expose it to strategic, financial and operational risks inherent in the nature of the business 
it undertakes and the financial, market and regulatory environments in which it operates. The Group recognises the importance of 
understanding and managing these risks and that it cannot place a cap or limit on all of the risks to which the Group is exposed. 
However, effective risk management ensures that risks are managed to an acceptable level.

¹ Surplus total available liquidity is defined as the liquidity in excess of the Group’s liquidity risk appetite and is the Group’s key liquidity measure.   

•  Identification and evaluation of the principal risks the Group is exposed to;

•  Setting an appetite for the amount of risk the Board is willing to take to achieve its strategic objectives and having measures in 

place to monitor this;

•  Maintaining governance, policies and other systems and controls to enable the Group to operate within the Board’s appetite 

for risk.

The Group has made enhancements to its Risk Framework and governance to provide a more structured approach to identifying 
and managing the risks to which it is exposed. 

The Board has undertaken a robust assessment of the Principal Risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity and how they are managed or mitigated (code C.2.1.) These are 
outlined below and details of financial risks and their management are set out in note 4 to the financial statements.

Further information on the structure and workings of Board and Management committees is included in the Corporate 
Governance report on page 64.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic report 
Category

Risk

Description 

Management and Mitigation

Category

Risk

Description 

Management and Mitigation

52

Business and 
strategic risks

Acquisitions 
and disposals

Strategic / 
Business 
model risk

Regulatory 
change

Reputational 
risk

The risk that mergers, 
acquisitions or disposals 
made by the Group do not 
achieve the stated strategic 
objectives or that they give 
rise to on-going or 
previously unidentified 
liabilities.

The risk of an adverse 
impact resulting from the 
Group’s strategic decision-
making as well as failure to 
exploit strengths or to take 
opportunities. It is a risk 
which may cause damage 
or loss, financial or 
otherwise to the Group as 
a whole.

The risk that changes to 
the regulatory framework 
the Group operates in 
impacts the Group 
performance. 

Such changes could result 
in the Group’s product 
offering becoming less 
profitable, more difficult to 
offer to clients or an 
outright ban on the 
product offering in one or 
more of the countries 
where the Group 
operates.

The risk of damage to the 
Group’s brand or standing 
with shareholders, 
regulators, existing and 
potential clients, the 
industry and the public at 
large.

•  Robust Corporate Governance structure including 
strong challenge from independent Non-Executive 
Directors.

•  Vigorous and independent due diligence process.

•  Align and manage the businesses to Group strategy as 

soon as possible after acquisition.

•  Strong governance framework established including 
three independent Non–Executive Directors and the 
Chairman sitting on the Board.

•  Robust governance, challenge and oversight from 

independent Non-Executive Directors.

•  Managing the Group in line with the agreed strategy, 

policies and risk appetite.

•  Group Risk is involved in the annual budgeting process.

•  Monitoring of market and regulator sentiment towards 

product offering.

•  Compliance department monitor and advise on impact 

of actual and possible regulatory change.

•  Active dialogue with regulators and industry bodies.

•  Flexible business model that is responsive to changes in 

regulatory requirements.

•  The Group is conservative in its approach to 

reputational risk and operates robust controls to ensure 
significant risks to its brand and standing are 
appropriately mitigated. Examples include:-

 - Proactive engagement with the Group’s regulators 
and active participation with trade and industry 
bodies.

 - Positive development of media relations with strictly 

controlled media contact.

Financial risks

Credit and 
counterparty 
risk

The risk of a client, 
custodian or counterparty 
failing to fulfil contractual 
obligations, including 
settlement, resulting in 
financial loss for the 
Group. Specifically:

Client credit risk:

Financial losses may be 
incurred in cases where 
the adverse price move 
exceeds the margin that a 
client holds to maintain 
their position, followed by 
the client defaulting 
against their contractual 
obligations to pay the 
deficit.

Client credit risk:

53

The Group’s management of client credit risk is significantly 
aided by automatic liquidation functionality where margin 
levels are continuously reviewed. If they fall below pre- 
agreed levels, the positions held on the account will 
automatically be closed out.

Other platform functionality mitigates risk further:

•  Tiered margin requires clients to hold more collateral 

against bigger or higher risk positions.

•  Mobile phone access allowing clients to manage their 

portfolios on the move.

•  Guaranteed Stop Loss Orders allowing a client to 

remove their chance of debt from their position(s). 

However, after mitigations, there is a residual risk that the 
Group could incur losses relating to clients moving into debit 
balances if there is a market gap.

Counterparty credit risk:

Counterparty credit risk:

A Financial Institution 
failing to meet or 
defaulting on their 
obligations in accordance 
with agreed terms.

Risk management is carried out by a central Liquidity Risk 
Management (LRM) team under the Counterparty 
Concentration Risk Policy, approved by the Board of 
Directors. 

Mitigation is achieved by:

Financial 
reporting risk

Insurance risk

The risk that financial, 
statutory or regulatory 
reports are submitted late, 
incomplete or are 
inaccurate.

The risk that an insurance 
claim by the Group is 
declined (in full or in part) 
or there is insufficient 
insurance coverage.

•  Monitoring concentration levels to counterparties and 
reporting these internally/externally on a monthly/ 
quarterly basis.

•  Monitoring the credit ratings and Credit Default Swap 

(CDS) spreads of counterparties and reporting 
internally on a weekly basis. 

Further information is available in note 4 to the financial 
statements.

•  Robust process of checking and oversight in place to 

ensure accuracy.

•  Knowledgeable and experienced staff undertake and 

overview the relevant processes. 

•  Reputable broker deals with the insurance and ensures 

cover is placed with financially secure insurers.

•  Comprehensive levels of cover maintained.

•  Rigorous claim management procedures are in place 

with the broker.

•  The Board’s appetite for uninsured risk is low and as a 

result the Group has put in place established 
comprehensive levels of insurance cover.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic reportCategory

Risk

Description 

Management and Mitigation

Category

Risk

Description 

Management and Mitigation

54

Financial risks 
(continued)

Liquidity risk

The risk that there is 
insufficient available 
liquidity to meet the 
liabilities of the Group as 
they fall due.

Market risk

Market risk is defined as 
the risk that the value of 
our residual portfolio will 
decrease due to changes 
in market risk factors. The 
three standard market risk 
factors are price moves, 
interest rates and foreign 
exchange rates.

Risk management is carried out by a central Liquidity Risk 
Management (LRM) team under policies approved by the 
Board and in-line with the FCA’s ILAS regime. The Group 
utilises a combination of liquidity forecasting and stress 
testing to identify any potential liquidity risk both during 
normal and stressed conditions. The forecasting and stress 
testing fully incorporates the impact of all liquidity 
regulations in force in each jurisdiction and other 
impediments to the free movement of liquidity around the 
Group.

Risk is mitigated by:

•  The provision of timely daily, weekly and monthly 
liquidity reporting and real-time broker margin 
requirements to enable strong management and control 
of liquidity resources. 

•  A £40 million committed bank facility to meet short-
term liquidity obligations to broker counterparties in 
the event that it does not have sufficient access to its 
own cash. 

•  A formal Contingency Funding Plan (CFP) is in place 

that is designed to aid senior management to assess and 
prioritise actions in a liquidity stress scenario.

For more information see note 4 to the financial statements.

Trading risk management monitors and manages the 
exposures it inherits from clients on a real time basis and in 
accordance with Board approved appetite.

CMC Markets predominantly acts as a market maker in 
linear, highly liquid financial instruments in which it can 
easily neutralise all market risk exposure through its prime 
broker (PB) arrangements. This significantly reduces the 
Group’s revenue sensitivity to individual asset classes and 
instruments.

Financial risk management runs stress scenarios on the 
residual portfolio, comprising a number of single and 
combined, company specific and market-wide events in 
order to assess potential financial and capital adequacy 
impacts to ensure the Group can withstand severe moves in 
the risk drivers it is exposed to.

For further information see note 4 to the financial 
statements.

Operational 
risks

Business 
change risk

The risk that business 
change projects are 
ineffective, fail to deliver 
stated objectives, or result 
in resources being 
stretched to the detriment 
of business as usual 
activities.

Business 
continuity & 
disaster 
recovery risk

The risk that a physical 
business continuity event 
or system failure results in 
a reduced ability or 
inability to perform core 
business activities or 
processes.

Financial 
crime risk

Financial Crime covers a 
number of unlawful 
activities including fraud 
(first and third party), 
theft, scams, confidence 
tricks, tax evasion, bribery, 
embezzlement, identity 
theft, money laundering, 
forgery, counterfeiting and 
acts of terrorism.

Information 
and data 
security risk

The risk of unauthorised 
access to or external 
disclosure of client or 
company information.

55

•  Governance process in place for all business change 
programmes with Executive and Board oversight and 
scrutiny.

•  Key users engaged in development and testing of all key 

change programmes.

•  Significant post-implementation support, monitoring 

and review procedures in place for all change 
programmes.

•  Strategic benefits and delivery of change agenda 

communicated to employees.

•  Dedicated business continuity functional support within 

Operational Risk Function.

•  Use of external specialist premises to enhance 

resilience in the event of a disaster recovery or business 
continuity requirement.

•  Periodic testing of business continuity processes and 

disaster recovery.

•  Prompt response to significant systems failures or 

interruptions.

•  Adoption of the risk based approach to financial crime, 

including undertaking formal and regular risk 
assessments across global operations.

•  Global reporting procedures and surveillance processes 
in place using local compliance and legal expertise.

•  Regular and on-going training and awareness 

programme in place for staff at all levels and in all 
jurisdictions.

•  Group Whistleblowing policy provides a clear 

framework for escalation of issues.

•  Dedicated Information Security & Data Protection 

resource/expertise within the Group.

•  Technical and procedural controls implemented to 

minimise the occurrence of information security and 
data protection breaches.

•  Access to information only provided on a “need to 

know” and “least privilege” basis consistent with the 
user’s role and requires appropriate authorisation.

•  Key data loss prevention initiatives and regular system 
access reviews implemented across the business. 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic reportCategory

Risk

Description 

Management and Mitigation

Category

Risk

Description 

Management and Mitigation

56

Operational 
risks 
(continued)

Information 
technology 
and infrastruc-
ture risk

The risk of loss of 
technology services due to 
loss of data, system or 
data centre, or failure of a 
third party to restore 
services in a timely 
manner.

•  Continuous investment in increased functionality, 

capacity and responsiveness of systems and 
infrastructure.

•  Rigorous software design methodologies, project 
management and testing regimes to minimise 
implementation and operational risks.

•  Constant monitoring of systems performance and in the 
event of any operational issues, changes to processes 
are implemented to mitigate future concerns.

•  Operation of two data centres in the UK.

•  Systems and data centres designed for high availability 

and data integrity.

•  Continuous service available to clients in the event of 

individual equipment failures or major disaster recovery 
events.

Legal (Com-
mercial / 
Litigation) 
risks

Operations 
(Processing) 
risks

Outsourcing 
and procure-
ment risks

The risk that disputes 
deteriorate into litigation.

•  Compliance with legal and regulatory requirements 

including relevant codes of practice.

•  Early engagement with legal advisors and other risk 

managers.

•  Appropriately managed complaints which have a legal/

litigious aspect.

•  An early assessment of the impact and implementation 

of changes in the law.

•  Investment in system development and upgrade to 

improve process automation.

•  Enhanced staff training and oversight in key business 

processing areas.

•  Monitoring and robust analysis of errors and losses and 

underlying causes.

•  Outsourcing only employed where there is a tactical 

gain in resource or experience.

•  Due diligence performed on service supplier ahead of 

outsourcing being agreed.

•  Service level agreements in place and regular 

monitoring of performance undertaken.

The risk that the design or 
execution of business 
processes is inadequate or 
fails to deliver an expected 
level of service and 
protection to client or 
company assets.

This is the risk of third 
party organisations 
inadequately or failing to 
provide or perform the 
outsourced activities or 
contractual obligations to 
the standards required by 
the Group. 

People risk

Operational 
risks 
(continued)

The risk of loss of key staff, 
or having insufficient 
skilled resources available.

•  The Board has directed that the Group maintain an 
active succession and resource plan for all key 
individuals and groups/teams, which will mitigate some 
of the risk of loss of key persons. It will adopt policies 
and strategies commensurate with its objectives of: 

57

Regulatory 
and compli-
ance risk

The risk of regulatory 
sanction or legal 
proceedings as a result of 
failure to comply with 
regulatory, statutory or 
fiduciary requirements or 
as a result of a defective 
transaction.

 - attracting and nurturing the best staff;

 - retaining key individuals;

 - developing personnel capabilities;

 - optimising continuous professional development;

 - achieving a reputation as a good employer with an 

equitable remuneration policy.

•  Effective compliance function.

•  Internal audit outsourced to an independent third party 

professional services firm.

•  Effective compliance oversight, planning and 

implementation.

•  Comprehensive monitoring programmes by compliance 

and internal audit.

•  Controls for appointment and approval of staff holding 

a controlled function and annual declarations to 
establish ongoing fitness and propriety.

•  Governance and reporting of regulatory risks through 

the Risk Management Committee, Group Audit 
Committee and Group Risk Committee.

•  Anti-money laundering controls for client due diligence 

and sanctions checking.

Grant Foley 
Chief Financial Officer & Head of Risk 
7 June 2016

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic report58

59

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Strategic reportStrategic reportGovernance
Chairman’s letter

60

Dear Shareholders, 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present our Group 
Corporate Governance report, our first since becoming a public 
company. The Board recognises that an effective governance 
framework is key to ensuring the Group remains successful and 
all Directors are committed to ensuring that high standards of 
corporate governance are achieved. However, given that there 
was a short period of seven weeks between listing and the 
financial year end, it was not possible to address all UK 
Corporate Governance Code (“the Code”) provisions.

The importance of good corporate governance in the effective 
management of the Group was a key principle of the 
management team prior to listing on the London Stock 
Exchange and we will continue to improve our governance 
arrangements following listing. The Group already complied 
with a number of the Code principles and provisions prior to 
listing and during the listing preparation the opportunity was 
taken to conduct a comprehensive review of the existing 
governance structure. 

Board composition

The Group welcomed three new independent Non-Executive 
Directors to the Board during this financial period, namely, 
Manjit Wolstenholme (Senior Independent Director), Malcolm 
McCaig and James Richards. The knowledge, skills and 
experience that these directors bring to the Group have 
strengthened the Board and the directors continue to add an 
independent voice as we grow as a listed company. A short 
biography of all directors can be found on pages 64 to 67. 

After nine years of service John Jackson retired as a Non-
Executive Director in June 2015. John continued to work with 
the Group as an adviser until February 2016 to ensure a 
smooth and orderly process towards listing and on behalf of the 
Board and the Group I would like to thank John for his hard 
work and contribution to the Company and Group. 

61

London Stock Exchange listing preparation

In preparation for listing it was recognised that while the 
internal governance structure was fit for purpose, additional 
work was required to enhance the structure in order to satisfy 
certain governance requirements of a premium listed company. 
As a result, a number of work streams were instigated to ensure 
that the Company’s operations as a listed company complied 
with relevant regulations and guidance. 

independent Non-Executive Directors, all directors received 
training on the duties and responsibilities of a listed company 
director and the Board under the Code, the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules and the Listing Rules. The Code can be 
found on the Financial Reporting Council website. The Board 
did not conduct a formal effectiveness review during the period 
from listing in February 2016 to 31 March 2016. A formal 
effectiveness review is required under principle B.6 of the Code 
at least annually.

The Group Audit Committee, Group Risk Committee, 
Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee (“the 
Board Committees”), made up of independent Non-Executive 
Directors, and the Chairman where appropriate, have been 
restructured and the number of meetings increased. The 
restructure included: 

•  Separation of the role and responsibilities of the Audit and 
Risk Committee into two committees; the Group Audit 
Committee and Group Risk Committee; and

•  Separation of the role and responsibilities of the 

Nomination and Remuneration Committee into two 
committees; the Remuneration Committee and the 
Nomination Committee.

The responsibilities and value added by these Board 
Committees are stated under the respective committee 
reports on pages pages 74 to 83 and their terms of reference 
are available on the investor relations page of the Company 
website (http://www.cmcmarkets.com/group/investor-
relations).

A formal evaluation of the effectiveness and structure of the 
Board and Board Committees will be completed during 2016 
and it is intended for an independent, externally facilitated 
evaluation to be completed in 2017.

Shareholder engagement

As Chairman, I am responsible for the effective communication 
between shareholders and the Company and for ensuring the 
Board understands the views of major shareholders. I look 
forward to listening to the views of our shareholders at the 
Company’s 2016 Annual General Meeting. The Chief Executive 
Officer and the Chief Financial Officer & Head of Risk have met 
with a number of major shareholders during the year, not only 
as part of the listing process but since listing to ensure an 
ongoing dialogue is maintained.

Board effectiveness

As part of the preparation for listing, the balance of skills, 
experience and independence of the Board and individual 
directors was reviewed. As well as the appointment of three 

Simon Waugh 
Chairman 
7 June 2016

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportDuring the period from listing of the Company’s shares to the London Stock Exchange 
on 5 February 2016 until 31 March 2016, the Company complied with all the 
provisions of the Code save for the exceptions noted below: 

Code provision A.4.2

62

“The Code recommends that the chairman should hold meetings with the non-executive 
directors without the executive directors present and that, led by the senior independent 
director, the non-executive directors should meet at least annually to appraise the chairman’s 
performance and on other occasions as deemed appropriate.”

Since the Company’s listing, the Chairman has held one meeting with the Non-
Executive Directors without the Executive Directors present. The Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors intend on meeting on a regular basis in 2016 without 
Executive Directors present. The Senior Independent Director and other Non-
Executive Directors did not meet to appraise the Chairman’s performance since listing 
and it is planned to do so before the end of the next reporting period.

Code provision B.6.1

“The Code recommends that the board should state in the annual report how performance 
evaluation of the board, its committees and its individual directors has been conducted.”

The Board did not conduct a formal effectiveness review during the period from listing 
in February 2016 to 31 March 2016. Three independent Non-Executive Directors 
were appointed to the Board in the reporting period. Accordingly, the Board felt that it 
was not conducive to carry out an evaluation so soon after listing. However, the Board 
intends on carrying out an evaluation of itself, its Board Committees and individual 
directors in 2016 and will report to shareholders on the findings in the next annual 
report.

Code provision B.6.3

“The Code recommends that the non-executive directors, led by the senior independent 
director, should be responsible for performance evaluation of the chairman, taking into 
account the views of the executive directors.”

As set out above in the explanation for Code provision A.4.2 a formal performance 
evaluation for the period from listing to 31 March 2016 was not completed. However, 
the Senior Independent Director and the Non-Executive Directors intend on carrying 
out a performance evaluation of the Chairman in 2016 and will report to shareholders 
on the findings in the next annual report.

Code provision B.7.2

“The chairman should confirm to shareholders when proposing re-election of non-executive 
directors that, following formal performance evaluation, the individual’s performance 
continues to be effective and to demonstrate commitment to the role.”

As noted above a formal Board performance evaluation was not completed since 
listing in February 2016. Notwithstanding that an evaluation was not completed, the 
Chairman is of the belief that all directors standing for election at the 2016 Annual 
General Meeting continue to be effective and demonstrate commitment to their roles.

CMC Markets plc

Governance

63

The new UK website

Annual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance

Governance
The Board

64

The role of the Board

In promoting the long-term success of the Group the Board provides entrepreneurial leadership and oversight within the 
Governance structure detailed on pages 70 to 72. The Board is responsible for the development of the Group strategy and 
monitoring performance against a set of clear objectives ensuring that the necessary financial and human resources are in place 
to achieve this strategy. 

The Board has ultimate responsibility to prepare the annual report and accounts and to ensure that appropriate internal controls 
and risk management systems are in place to manage and mitigate risk. The Board delegates the in depth review and monitoring of 
internal controls and risk management to the Group Audit Committee and Group Risk Committee. The terms of reference of these 
Board Committees are available on the CMC Markets plc Group website (http://www.cmcmarkets.com/group/committees).

65

Simon Waugh  
(Chairman)

Peter Cruddas  
(Chief Executive Officer)

Appointed to the Board: 1 December 2007

Appointed to the Board: 3 June 2004

Committee membership:

Committee membership:

•  Executive Committee (Chair)
•  Risk Management Committee

Peter founded the Group and became its Chief Executive 
Officer in 1989. Peter held this role until October 2007, and 
again between July 2009 and June 2010. Between 2003 and 
March 2013, he also served as the Group’s Executive Chairman. 
In March 2013, he once again became the Group’s CEO, and is 
responsible for running the Group on a day to day basis. Prior to 
founding the Group, Peter was Chief Dealer and Global Group 
Treasury Advisor at S.C.F. Equity Services where he was 
responsible for all the activities of a dealing room whose 
principal activities were trading in futures and options in 
currencies, precious metals, commodities and spot forwards on 
foreign exchange and bullion.

Current external appointments:

Royal Opera House Covent Garden Foundation
The Peter Cruddas Foundation
Finada Limited
Business for Britain Limited
Vote Leave Limited
Crudd Investments Limited

•  Nomination Committee (Chair)
•  Group Risk Committee
•  Remuneration Committee

Simon joined the Group as a Non-Executive Director in 
December 2007 and became the Non-Executive Chairman in 
March 2013. He was Chairman of the Audit and Risk 
Committee until listing. Prior to joining the Group, Simon was 
Group Director of Sales, Marketing and Customer service at 
Centrica. He retained these responsibilities for the seven years 
he was with the Group, and also held the roles of Deputy CEO 
of British Gas and CEO of the Centrica Financial Services 
Company. On leaving Centrica, Simon became CEO of AWD 
Financial Services Group, a leading Independent Financial 
Advisor and consumer financial services business. Simon’s final 
senior executive position was in the role of Chairman and CEO 
of the National Apprenticeship Service, leading the 
government’s flagship skills programme, reporting to the 
Secretaries of State for both Education and Business. Simon is 
also a life fellow of both the Marketing Society and the Institute 
of Direct Marketing.

Current external appointments:

The Consulting Consortium Limited 
Record Sure Limited 
Aid-Call Limited 
Age UK 
Age UK Enterprises Limited 
Swaines Limited 
Age UK Trading CIC 
BMLL Technologies Limited 
Gallagher Risk & Reward Limited

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportManjit Wolstenholme  
(Senior Independent Director)

Appointed to the Board: 9 December 2015

Committee membership:

James Richards  
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

Appointed to the Board: 1 April 2015

Committee membership:

66

•  Group Audit Committee (Chair)
•  Group Risk Committee

•  Nomination Committee 
•  Remuneration Committee

•  Remuneration Committee (Chair)
•  Group Audit Committee

•  Group Risk Committee
•  Nomination Committee 

67

Manjit joined the Group as a Non-Executive Director in December 2015 and acts as the 
Group’s Senior Independent Director. Manjit qualified as a chartered accountant with Coopers 
& Lybrand. Her background includes roles as Director and Co-Head of Investment Banking at 
Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein, and Partner at Gleacher Shacklock. She is Chair of Provident 
Financial plc and Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee of 
Future plc as well as Chair of Audit and Non-Executive Director of Unite Group plc and Chair of 
CALA Group (Holdings) Limited.

Current external appointments:

CALA Group (Holdings) Limited 
The Unite Group Plc 
Future plc 
Provident Financial Plc

Malcolm McCaig  
(Independent Non-Executive Director)

Appointed to the Board: 9 December 2015

Committee membership:

•  Group Risk Committee (Chair)
•  Group Audit Committee

•  Nomination Committee 
•  Remuneration Committee

Malcolm joined the Group as a Non-Executive Director in December 2015. Malcolm is  
a Chartered Management Consultant. He was a partner and practice leader, initially at Deloitte  
and subsequently at Ernst & Young. He has held senior executive positions in Prudential, Cigna  
and National Australia Bank. He was formerly the Chairman of Kent Reliance Building Society and 
Barbon Insurance Group. Malcolm is the Senior Independent Director at Unum Ltd and Punjab 
National Bank International Limited. He also holds Board positions at OneSavings Bank plc, 
Tradition UK and QBE Europe.

Current external appointments: 

QBE Insurance (Europe) Limited
QBE Underwriting Limited
QBE RE (Europe) Limited
TFS Derivatives Limited
Trad-X (UK) Limited
Tradition Financial Services Ltd
Tradition (UK) Limited
Punjab National Bank (International) Limited

Unum European Holdings Company Limited
OneSavings Bank Plc
Unum Limited
City of Glasgow College Foundation
Meretune Management (Falcon) Limited

James joined the Group as a Non-Executive Director in April 2015 and is the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee and was, until listing, Chairman of the Nomination Committee. He is 
also a member of the Group Audit Committee and Group Risk Committee. He was admitted to 
the roll of solicitors in England and Wales in 1984 and in the Republic of Ireland in 2012. James 
is a partner at Dillon Eustace, a law firm specialising in financial services in Ireland, where he 
has been a partner since 2012. Prior to this he was a banking and finance partner at Travers 
Smith LLP for fourteen years. Having occupied various senior positions within leading law firms, 
James has extensive experience in debt capital markets, derivatives and structured finance 
working with major corporates, central banks and governmental organisations.

Current external appointments: 

Dillon Eustace

Grant Foley  
(Chief Financial Officer & Head of Risk)

Appointed to the Board: 1 August 2013

Committee membership:

•  Executive Committee 
•  Risk Management Committee (Chair)

Grant joined the Group in April 2013 as Group Head of Finance and was made Group Director of 
Finance, Risk and Compliance in August 2013 when he was appointed to the main Board. In 
January 2016, he became the Chief Financial Officer & Head of Risk. Grant is a Fellow Chartered 
Accountant (FCA) and has almost 20 years of financial services experience, having held senior 
finance, operational and board positions in a number of businesses. These have included Coutts & 
Co, Prudential Bache, Nomura and Arbuthnot Securities.

No current external appointments

David Fineberg  
(Group Director of Trading)

Appointed to the Board: 1 January 2014

Committee membership:

•  Executive Committee
•  Risk Management Committee

David joined the Group in November 1997 working on the trading desk and developed the 
Group’s multi asset CFD and spread bet dealing desk. As a senior dealer he was 
responsible for managing the UK and US equity books. Between April 2007 and 
September 2012 he was the Group’s Western Head of Trading, covering all asset classes 
for the Western region. In September 2012 he was appointed to the role of Group Head of 
Trading and in January 2014 was appointed as the Group Director of Trading with overall 
responsibility for the trading and pricing strategies and activities across the Group.

No current external appointments

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportLeadership

Matters reserved for the Board

It is recognised that certain matters cannot, or should not, be delegated and the Board has adopted a schedule of matters reserved 
for Board consideration and approval. The matters reserved for the Board fall into the following areas: 

68

•  strategy and management

•  structure and capital

•  financial reporting and controls

•  internal controls and risk management 

•  contracts

•  communications

•  Board membership and other appointments

•  remuneration

•  delegation of authority

•  corporate governance matters

The schedule of matters reserved for the Board is available on the CMC Markets plc Group website  
(http://www.cmcmarkets.com/group/committees).

Composition of the Board

NAME

Simon Waugh

Peter Cruddas

David Fineberg

Grant Foley

John Jackson¹

Malcolm McCaig²

James Richards 

POSITION

Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Group Director of Trading

Chief Financial Officer & Head of Risk

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

Manjit Wolstenholme²

Senior Independent Director

BOARD MEETINGS ATTENDED (ELIGIBLE)

10 (12)

12 (12)

11 (12)

12 (12)

2 (3)

6 (6)

9 (12)

5 (6)

Division of responsibilities 

The roles of the Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer are separate, clearly 
defined in writing and agreed by the Board.

Responsibilities of the Chairman include: 

•  leadership of the Board and ensuring open and effective communication between 

69

the Executive and Non-Executive Directors; 

•  ensuring Board meetings are effective by setting appropriate and relevant agenda 
items, creating an atmosphere whereby all directors are engaged and free to 
enter healthy and constructive debate; 

•  ensuring effective communication between major shareholders and the Board; 

•  oversight of each directors induction and ongoing training; and

•  leadership, through his role as Chairman of the Nomination Committee, of the 

Board effectiveness process. 

Responsibilities of the Chief Executive Officer include: 

•  day-to-day management of the Group’s business and implementation of the Board 

approved strategy; 

•  acting as chairman of the Executive Committee and leading the senior 
management team in devising and reviewing Group development for 
consideration by the Board; 

•  responsibility for the operations and results of the Group; and

•  promotion of the Group’s culture and standards.

Responsibilities of the Senior Independent Director (“SID”) include:

•  acting as a sounding board for the Chairman and serving as an intermediary for 

the other directors as necessary; 

•  acting as lead independent Non-Executive Director; and

•  being available to shareholders in the event the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer 

or other Executive Directors being unavailable. 

In addition to the Chairman, the Board includes three Executive Directors and three Non-Executive Directors. All Non-Executive 
Directors are considered to be independent. 

Responsibilities of the Non-Executive Directors include:

•  constructive challenge to management proposals and provide advice in line with 

their respective skills and experience;

•  help develop proposals on strategy;

•  have a prime role in appointing and, where necessary, removing Executive 

Directors; and

•  have an integral role in succession planning.

1Retired as a director on 30 June 2015
2Appointed as a Board Director on 9 December 2015

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportGovernance Structure as at 31 March 2016

70

Independent 
Assurance

External 
Auditor

Governance

Group Board

Remuneration 
committee

Group audit
committee

Group risk
committee

Nomination 
committee

Executive
 committee

Internal 
Assurance

Group 
Internal
 Audit

Risk 
management
committee

Client money
review group

Treating 
customers 
fairly group

Project 
steering
group

Management oversight

Board / board committee

Senior management committee

Management committee

Internal Assurance

Independent Assurance

Activities of the Board

The Board has a comprehensive meeting planner for the next 12 months that ensures all matters for Board consideration are 
presented and considered in a timely manner. Key areas of focus during this financial period were:

•  the preparation and execution to successfully list the Company on the London Stock Exchange; 

•  strategic opportunities annual budget and three year plan;

•  the development and launch of new products; 

•  risk management and risk appetite;

•  the opening of CMC’s Vienna and Warsaw offices; and

•  review, challenge and approval of ICAAP and ILAA

•  review, challenge and approval of annual report and accounts

Effectiveness

As stated in the Chairman’s letter on page 60, a formal 
effectiveness review was not conducted during the period. A 
formal evaluation of the effectiveness and structure of the 
Board and Board Committees will be completed during 2016 
and it is intended for an independent, externally facilitated 
evaluation to be completed in 2017.

and awareness of the market the firm operates in. These 
meetings also presented a forum for new Directors to discuss 
the business strategy and model, risk management, governance 
and controls and the requirements of the regulatory framework. 
These meetings and training arrangements form a key part of 
the learning and development plan.

Conflicts of interest

71

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee discussed the 
knowledge, skills and experience on the Board during the year. 
The success and growth of the Group is testament to the 
effectiveness of the Board in recent years although the Board 
accept that there is always the opportunity to improve and 
strengthen for the future. 

The Board has a formal process system for the Directors to 
disclose any conflicts of interest. The Board members are asked 
to disclose any conflicts of interest at each scheduled Board 
meeting and annually will be required to attest to any changes 
in their conflicts register. Each Director is aware of their 
responsibility to avoid conflicts of interest and to disclose any 
conflict or potential conflict of interest to the Board. 

In their role as Reporting Accountants a gap analysis was 
produced by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP regarding the Board 
and governance structure, and action plans drafted to ensure 
that the governance structure and policies were adequate. The 
action plans were implemented and the Group is compliant 
with the Code except where shown on page 62.

Election of Directors

Board support

Each Director has access to the Company Secretary for his 
advice and services. The Company Secretary ensures that 
meeting papers are delivered to Directors in a timely manner to 
allow for conducive and effective Board and Board Committee 
meetings. 

The upcoming Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) on  
7 September 2016 being held at 133 Houndsditch, London 
EC3A 7BX will be the Company’s first AGM since listing on  
the London Stock Exchange. 

As stated in each of the Board Committees’ Terms of Reference 
and the Company’s Articles of Association the Directors may 
take independent professional advice at the Company’s 
expense. 

Following recommendations from the Nomination Committee, 
the Board considers that all Directors continue to be effective, 
committed to their roles and have sufficient time available to 
perform their duties. In accordance with the Company’s Articles 
of Association and provision B.7.1 of the Code all Directors will 
be subject to annual re-election. Accordingly, all Directors will 
seek election at the Company’s 2016 AGM which will be set out 
in the Notice of AGM.

Independence of Non-Executive Directors and time 
commitment 

Each of the Non-Executive Directors are considered to be 
independent. Each Director is aware of the need to allocate 
sufficient time to the Company in order to fulfil their 
responsibilities and are notified of all scheduled Board and 
Board Committee meetings. 

Directors’ induction

A formal procedure for Director Induction and ongoing training 
is in place. As part of each new Director’s application for 
approval from the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), a skills 
gap analysis and ‘learning and development plan’ was completed 
and submitted to the FCA. The skills assessment was used by 
the Company to tailor induction meetings and training 
requirements for all new Directors. One-on-one meetings were 
organised between the Director and the management team in 
relevant areas of the business to allow the Director to 
familiarise themselves with the management team, their 
respective roles and responsibilities and gain understanding 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance report 
 
CMC Markets plc

Governance report

73

Accountability

The Board has ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the Annual Report and Accounts (Code C.1.1) and it has 
considered and endorsed the arrangements to enable it to confirm the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. With the assistance of the Group Audit Committee, the Board ensured that sufficient 
time and resources were available to encompass additional disclosure requirements following listing and that the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements met the additional disclosure requirements.

72

The Board believes in the governance principle of being open and transparent and prior to listing complied with a number of 
principles and provisions of the Code. Following review by the Group Audit Committee, the Board considered whether, and agreed 
that, the Annual Report contained the necessary information for shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, strategy and 
overall business model. 

Group Audit Committee

The Group Audit Committee has been delegated responsibility for the monitoring and oversight of the external audit and internal 
audit of internal controls. The Committee’s responsibilities, main activities and priorities for the next reporting cycle are set out 
on pages 75 to 76.

Group Risk Committee

The Group Risk Committee has been delegated responsibility for the monitoring and oversight of risk management, mitigation 
and recommendation of risk appetite. The Committee’s responsibilities, main activities and priorities for the coming year are set 
out on page 77. 

Relations with shareholders

The Board recognises the importance of good communication with shareholders. The Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer & Head of Risk maintain regular contact with major shareholders to ensure that the Group strategy takes due 
consideration of our shareholders’ views. 

During the year there were a number of meetings with major shareholders and potential shareholders as the Company prepared to 
list on the London Stock Exchange. The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer & Head of Risk ensured that the views 
of major shareholders were communicated to the Board as a whole. 

Annual Report 2016Governance report 
Audit and Risk Committee

Audit matters

Dear Shareholders,

74

As Chairmen of the Group Audit Committee and Group Risk Committee (the “Committees”) we are pleased to 
present the Audit and Risk Committee Report. The Audit and Risk Committee (“ARC”), chaired by Simon 
Waugh, was the primary Board Committee that assessed and had independent oversight of risk management 
and internal controls for the majority of the financial reporting period. In January 2016 the Board agreed that 
the ARC be split into separate committees namely the Group Audit Committee and the Group Risk Committee. 

The Group Audit Committee (GAC) is chaired by Manjit Wolstenholme with Malcolm McCaig and James 
Richards as members. The Group Risk Committee (GRC) consists of Malcolm McCaig as Chairman and James 
Richards, Simon Waugh and Manjit Wolstenholme as members. 

The Committees’ Terms of Reference were approved by the Board on 25 January 2016 and are available on 
the Company’s website (http://www.cmcmarkets.com/group/committees). Both Committees held one formal 
meeting in the period from 25 January to the 31 March 2016 with a further three GAC meetings and four 
GRC meetings scheduled in 2016. The Group Risk Committee Terms of Reference was subsequently 
amended and approved by the Board on 30 March 2016.

Both Committees are considered independent to management and are made up of Independent Non-
Executive Directors. The CFO & Head of Risk, external audit partner and Head of Internal Audit are invited to 
attend all GAC meetings and the CFO & Head of Risk and the Global Head of Compliance are invited to all 
GRC meetings.

Manjit Wolstenholme 
Senior Independent Director and  
Group Audit Committee chairman 
7 June 2016

Malcolm McCaig  
Independent Non-Executive Director and  
Group Risk Committee chairman 
7 June 2016

Audit and Risk Committee (1 April 2015 to 24 January 2016)

NAME

Simon Waugh

John Jackson

POSITION

Chairman

Independent Non-Executive Director

James Richards 

Independent Non-Executive Director

ATTENDED (ELIGIBLE)

2 (2)

1 (1)

2 (2)

Group Audit Committee (25 January 2016 to 31 March 2016)

NAME

POSITION

ATTENDED (ELIGIBLE)

Manjit Wolstenholme

Senior Independent Director

Malcolm McCaig

James Richards

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

1 (1)

1 (1)

0 (1)

Group Risk Committee (25 January 2016 to 31 March 2016)

NAME

POSITION

ATTENDED (ELIGIBLE)

Malcolm McCaig

Simon Waugh

Independent Non-Executive Director

Chairman

Manjit Wolstenholme

Senior Independent Director

James Richards

Independent Non-Executive Director

1 (1)

1 (1)

1 (1)

0 (1)

Group Audit Committee responsibilities

The main role and responsibilities of the Group Audit Committee are: 

•  monitoring the integrity of the Financial Statements of the Group; 

75

•  to review and report to the Board on significant financial reporting issues and judgements; 

•  the assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal control systems and report to the Board on any 

key findings; 

•  the review and approval of the internal audit charter and internal audit annual plan; 

•  to review the findings of all internal audit reports, make recommendations as appropriate and monitor resolution plans;

•  to review and make recommendations to the Board on the effectiveness and independence of the Company’s external auditor 

including appointment, re-appointment and removal of the external auditor; 

•  to review the findings of the external auditors; and

•  to ensure that the external audit contract is put out to tender at least once every 10 years 

Statement of internal controls and internal audit

The Group’s Internal Audit function is externally provided by Grant Thornton LLP. The Internal Audit function reported into the 
ARC until 25 January when its reporting line moved to the Group Audit Committee. The Committee reviews regular Internal Audit 
Reports; follow up verification reports on any findings within Internal Audit and reviews and approves the Internal Audit plan and 
charter on an annual basis. 

Significant judgements and issues

The Group Audit Committee discussed, considered and addressed the following significant judgements and issues during the year

•  Revenue recognition of litigation settlement. The Committee received a paper from management to consider the 

recoverability of a litigation settlement twice during the year to approve the revenue recognised in the Group accounts

•  Exceptional costs. The Committee considered and approved the rationale of presenting listing costs and specific share based 

payments relating to the listing as exceptional costs in order to more clearly present the Group’s financial performance

External auditor

The Group Audit Committee considers the reappointment of the external auditor annually and such consideration includes review 
of the independence of the external auditor and assessment of the auditor’s performance. The current auditor has been in place for 
seven years and a tender process for the external auditor position, in accordance with the Code, is due in 2019.

As part of the above mentioned review, the Group Audit Committee agreed to recommend to the Board the reappointment of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Group’s external auditor and a resolution to this effect will be put before the shareholders at 
the 2016 Annual General Meeting. 

The Group Audit Committee, in line with Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”) guidance, will continue to review the qualification, 
expertise, resources, effectiveness and independence of the external auditor. Also in line with FRC guidance, the Group Audit 
Committee reviews the appointment of staff from the external auditor to positions within the Group and meets with the external 
audit partner at least annually without executive management present. 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportAudit fees

The Group’s audit and audit-related fees are disclosed in note 11 of the financial 
statements. Audit-related fees include the reporting to the FCA on the Group’s 
client money rules compliance and the opinion on compliance with the Capital 
Requirements (country-by-country reporting) Regulations 2013.

76

Non-audit fees

The Group has a number of relationships with independent advisory and assurance 
firms which provide alternatives to using PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. However, the 
Group has engaged with the audit company for a number of non-audit services during 
the year. For each engagement their independence has been considered by both the 
Group and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to ensure that it will not be compromised. 
Non-audit related fees provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP are disclosed in 
note 11 of the financial statements. In 2016 there was a significant rise in these fees 
due to their engagement as the Reporting Accountants for the listing of the Group on 
the London Stock Exchange. The majority of the remaining non-audit fees relate to tax 
compliance and tax advisory services. Material tax advisory services are tendered with 
other professional services firms and the tax compliance services are subject to tender 
on a five yearly basis.

Audit Committee activity during the period

During the period it was required for the Company to produce a set of audited interim 
results in order to adhere to the listing requirement of ensuring a set of audited 
financial statements were completed within six months of listing. The Interim Results 
to 30 September 2015 were produced in accordance to the requirements of a listed 
company and the Audit and Risk Committee (“ARC”) reviewed and recommended 
these results to the Board for approval.

It was also a requirement for a Reporting Accountant to produce a number of reports 
in relation to the Company’s proposed listing. These reports were reviewed and 
challenged by the ARC prior to being recommended to the Board for approval.

The ARC also monitored and had oversight of all Internal Audit reports during the 
period which included reports on a number of different areas of the business.

As described above, the ARC was split into separate Group Audit and Group Risk 
Committees and between 25 January 2016 and 31 March 2016 the Group Audit 
Committee held one formal meeting. Matters on the agenda for this meeting 
included an update on completed internal audits, internal audit plan and charter, 
external audit timetable, changes to accounting requirements and accounting 
matters for Group Audit Committee consideration.

Group Audit Committee priorities for the year ending 31 March 2017

Following the successful listing on to the London Stock Exchange the Committee’s 
focus will be to ensure that all relevant accounting practices and disclosures are 
adhered to and that controls around these obligations are successfully embedded with 
a strong culture of disclosure and transparency.

There will be greater focus on internal systems of control and particular focus will be 
paid on the results of upcoming internal audits on projects and change management, 
conduct and reputational risk and security.

Risk matters

Group Risk Committee responsibilities

The main role and responsibilities of the GRC are: 

•  oversight of the Group’s risk appetite and tolerance; 

77

•  the review and recommendation of the Risk Appetite Statement and Risk Management Framework;

•  the provision of advice and recommendations to the Board to assist in Board decision making in relation to risk appetite and 

risk management;

•  the oversight of financial and liquidity risks including the responsibilities of the risk management function; 

•  the review of the ICAAP and ILAA frameworks;

•  the oversight of, and making recommendations to the Board on, current risk exposures and future risks; and

•  to review and make recommendations on embedding risk management in director and senior management’s remuneration

Risk Committee activity during the period

During the period the planning and process in relation to the ICAAP and ILAA was reviewed by the ARC, and subsequently, 
following review and recommendation by the ARC, the ICAAP and ILAA was approved by the Board. 

The ARC, in respect of risk management and oversight, received regular executive reporting on risk matters including capital and 
liquidity risk, operational risk, legal and compliance, and financial crime. 

The ARC reviewed and made recommendations on the Risk Management Framework (“RMF”) and the Risk Appetite Statement 
(“RAS”) and both the RMF and RAS were recommended, and subsequently approved, by the Board.

As described above, the ARC was split into separate Group Audit and Group Risk Committees and between 25 January 2016 and 
31 March 2016 the Group Risk Committee held one formal meeting. Matters on the agenda for this meeting included top and 
emerging risks, update from the Chairman of the Risk Management Committee, UK referendum risks and the executive reports 
relating to risk as noted above. 

Group Risk Committee priorities for the year ending 31 March 2017

The oversight and mitigation of risk is a key aspect in the good governance of any company. The focus for the Group Risk 
Committee will be to ensure all capital, liquidity, operational and regulatory risks are appropriately managed throughout the year. 
Following the Company’s listing on the London Stock Exchange certain risks have increased in their impact to the Group such as 
risks associated with disclosure obligations and the Committee will monitor the trajectory of these risks.

The Group Risk Committee receives a report at each meeting on the top risks facing the Group and advises the Board, as required, 
on the implications of these risks and on potential mitigating actions. 

Particular attention will be given to the potential risks associated with the United Kingdom referendum on continued membership 
in the European Union. The Committee will monitor and assess the volatility risks in the lead up to the referendum and, where 
possible, plan for any potential risks associated with the outcome of the referendum. 

Reputational risk has increased following the listing of the Company shares onto the London Stock Exchange and Capital Market 
Communications Ltd (“Camarco”), an external advisor, has been employed to monitor this risk. The Committee will review the 
potential impact of increased reputational risk over the coming twelve months. 

Statement of risk management

The Group Risk Committee has oversight of the Group’s risk management as detailed on page 51.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance report 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee

Nomination matters

Dear Shareholders,

78

As Chairmen of the Remuneration Committee and the Nomination Committee (the “Committees”) we are pleased to present the 
Nomination and Remuneration Committee Report. The Nomination and Remuneration Committee (“NRC”), chaired by James 
Richards, was the primary Board Committee that assessed and had independent oversight of Executive Director remuneration 
and appointments to the Board and senior management. In January 2016 the Board agreed that the NRC be split into separate 
committees namely the Nomination Committee and the Remuneration Committee.

Nomination Committee responsibilities

79

The Nomination Committee will assist the Board by regularly reviewing the composition of the Board and Board Committees and 
will follow a rigorous and transparent process when identifying potential candidates for appointment to the Board. As part of this 
review process, the Board and Board Committees will be subject to annual performance evaluations with an independent review 
conducted at least every three years.

The Nomination Committee consists of Simon Waugh as Chair and Manjit Wolstenholme, Malcolm McCaig and James Richards 
as members and will focus on the effectiveness and structure of the Board and its committees, succession planning, director 
induction and on-going director training. 

The Remuneration Committee consists of James Richards as Chair and Simon Waugh, Manjit Wolstenholme and Malcolm 
McCaig as members and will focus on director and senior management remuneration, incentives, retention and Group 
remuneration matters as required.

The Committees’ Terms of Reference were approved by the Board on 25 January 2016 and are available on the Company’s 
website (http://www.cmcmarkets.com/group/committees).

Simon Waugh 
Group Chairman and  
Nomination Committee Chairman 
7 June 2016

James Richards 
Non-Executive Director and  
Remuneration Committee Chairman 
7 June 2016

Nomination and Remuneration Committee (1 April 2015 to 24 January 2016)

NAME

Simon Waugh

John Jackson

POSITION

Chairman

Independent Non-Executive Director

James Richards 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Manjit Wolstenholme

Senior Independent Director

Malcolm McCaig

Independent Non-Executive Director

Nomination Committee (25 January 2016 to 31 March 2016)

ATTENDED (ELIGIBLE)

5 (5)

1 (1)

5 (5)

1 (1)

1 (1)

NAME

Simon Waugh

POSITION

Chairman

Manjit Wolstenholme

Senior Independent Director

Malcolm McCaig

James Richards 

Independent Non-Executive Director

Independent Non-Executive Director

ATTENDED (ELIGIBLE)

1 (1)

1 (1)

1 (1)

0 (1)

The main role and responsibilities of the Nomination Committee are: 

•  to evaluate and review the structure, size and composition of the Board including the balance of skills, knowledge, experience 

and diversity of the Board while factoring in the Company’s strategy, risk appetite and future development; 

•  to oversee the Board evaluation process and, in analysing the results of the evaluation, identify whether there are any skill gaps 

or opportunities to strengthen the Board; 

•  to identify and nominate suitable candidates for appointment to the Board, including chairmanship of the Board and its 

committees, and appointment of the Senior Independent Director, against a specific role description and skill set required for 
the respective positions as identified under the regular reviews of the structure and composition of the Board; 

•  to assess the Board director’s conflict of interest on appointment and as they arise;

•  to assess the independence, time commitment and engagement of each of the Non-Executive Directors; 

•  to monitor the external interests of Non-Executive Directors, as part of the review of Non-Executive Directors’ independence; 

•  to have oversight of succession plans for the appointment of Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors; and

•  to approve the report on the Committee’s activities for inclusion in the Annual Report and Accounts of the Company

Boardroom diversity

The Board is committed to a Board and leadership team comprising individuals from different backgrounds with diverse and 
relevant skills, knowledge, experience and perspectives. The Nomination Committee carefully considers the benefits of diversity, 
including gender diversity, whilst ensuring that our obligation to shareholders to recruit the best person for the role based on merit 
is fulfilled. The Board’s Diversity Policy can be found on the CMC Markets plc Group website and gender diversity statistics are 
presented on page 30.

Nomination activities during the period

The nomination matters considered by the NRC in 2015 were focused on ensuring the Board structure, size and composition was 
appropriate to direct the Company during the listing process and to have the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity to lead the 
company following listing on the London Stock Exchange. During the year three Non-Executive Directors were appointed, which 
has increased the ‘independent voice’ at Board meetings and ensured that, excluding the Chairman, at least half of the Board 
members are independent Non-Executive Directors.

All directors received training on their duties and responsibilities under the Code, the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and the 
Listing Rules prior to the Company listing on the London Stock Exchange.

As described above, the NRC was split into separate Remuneration and Nomination Committees and between 25 January 2016 
and 31 March 2016 the Nomination Committee held one formal meeting. Matters on the agenda for this meeting included review 
of the structure and size of the Board and its committees, Board evaluation, development of directors, senior management 
succession planning and Board diversity policy. 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportNomination Committee priorities for the year ending 31 March 2017

Due to the number of newly appointed directors within the reporting period it was considered appropriate to allow the Board to 
settle down prior to conducting a formal Board evaluation. It has been agreed that a formal Board, Board Committee and 
director performance and effectiveness evaluation be completed in 2016, which will be within a year of listing and allow compliance 
with provision B.6.1 of the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

Remuneration matters

Remuneration Committee responsibilities

80

The appointment of the Non-Executive Directors within the year followed a rigorous selection and interview process, with 
assistance from an independent search firm as required. 

Since the formation of the Committee on 25 January 2016 there has been one formal meeting held prior to the 31 March 2016 
year end with a further three meetings scheduled in 2016. 

The Remuneration Committee will assist the Board by reviewing the remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior 
management and will follow the remuneration policy, which will be put before shareholders for approval at the 2016 AGM, when 
considering the remuneration of executives. As part of the remuneration review process, independent advisors may be used to 
ensure remuneration is appropriately benchmarked with the Group’s peer companies. 

81

The main role and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee are: 

•  to review and agree an appropriate Remuneration Policy which complies with all relevant regulations;

•  to review and ensure that bonus payments are linked to achieving agreed corporate goals; 

•  to set remuneration to incentivise and retain key employees including the Executive Directors, senior management and the 

Company Secretary;

•  to ensure that remuneration is linked to the delivery of the long-term success of the Company; 

•  to review any major changes to employee benefit structures, including new share schemes, and ensure that shareholders are 

consulted and the required approval process followed;

•  review the appropriateness of remuneration against risk management following advice from the Group Risk Committee; and

•  to ensure all relevant regulations relating to executive remuneration are adhered to

Remuneration considerations during the period

The remuneration matters considered by the former NRC in 2015 was focused on review of existing contract arrangements of the 
Executive Directors and senior management team, existing employee share schemes and oversight of new share schemes linked to 
a successful listing and life as a listed company. 

Remuneration policy

The directors’ remuneration policy can be found on pages 92 to 100. In accordance with statutory requirements, the 
remuneration policy will be put to shareholders for approval at the 2016 AGM.

Remuneration Committee priorities for the year ending 31 March 2017

The Remuneration Committee will continue to monitor the appropriateness of the Executive Directors, senior management and 
Company Secretary remuneration. Shareholder feedback on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be considered as part of the 
ongoing role of the Committee along with performance related pay and relevant remuneration policies that fall under the remit of 
the Committee. It is also planned for an employee salary benchmarking exercise to be conducted in 2016 and the Remuneration 
Committee will have oversight of this exercise. 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportAnnual statement by the Chairman of 

the Remuneration Committee

82

Dear Shareholders,

83

I am pleased to present shareholders with our first remuneration report which, in 
accordance with legislation comprises two separate parts. The Annual Report on 
Remuneration setting out the implementation of remuneration policy and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

The Annual Report on Remuneration sets out payments made to Directors during the 
last year and how the Committee intends the Directors’ Remuneration Policy to apply 
in the year ending 31 March 2017. This report is subject to an advisory vote at the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting on 7 September 2016.

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy describes our forward looking policy which is 
proposed to take effect immediately from the Company’s Annual General Meeting. It 
is subject to a binding vote at the Annual General Meeting.

Remuneration practice is very different in the listed company environment. As part of 
the transition from being a privately owned Group, the Group has to adapt to a 
cultural shift. This is from an environment where, due to the Group’s highly cash 
generative business, remuneration has been built around a structure of lower base 
pay, annual cash bonuses and ad hoc awards of share options, to a very different 
environment where a more structured framework and longer term reward horizon 
are required. Our remuneration policy needs to continue to satisfy the aspiration of 
key personnel who are critical in helping drive and grow the business, and align them 
with the longer term interests of all our shareholders. We need to acclimatise to the 
changes we put in place in anticipation of listing and engage with our shareholders to 
seek approval of our move to a more typical remuneration structure for the listed 
environment.  A journey which has begun.

The context of remuneration in the year ended 31 March 2016

Prior to the Company’s listing in February 2016 the Committee reviewed 
remuneration policy to ensure the remuneration arrangements for the Group’s 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors would support the Group’s business strategy 
and take appropriate account of the Company’s new status as a FTSE 250 company.

Following this review, the major decisions on Executive Directors’ remuneration policy 
included the following:

•  Increases in base salary to take account of other changes in remuneration 

structure, and to reflect the anticipated market position of the Group following 
listing.

•  Review of annual incentive arrangements for Executive Directors and senior 

management.

•  Granting of pre-IPO awards to reinforce stability of the senior management team 
in the first two years post-IPO. These were granted with reference to the share 
price at listing of £2.40. The awards vest 50% on each of the first and second 
anniversaries of listing and are subject to continued employment and malus and 
clawback provisions.

•  Introduction of a new Long Term Incentive Plan based primarily on three-year 

EPS growth and three-year total shareholder return relative to FTSE250 
companies (excluding Investment Trusts), and subject to malus and clawback 
provisions.

•  Introduction at listing of an award of “free shares” to all eligible employees under 
an HMRC approved Share Incentive Plan (SIP) in which the Executive Directors 
other than the CEO participated.

Details of the remuneration policy and the amount paid during the year ended 31 
March 2016 are respectively given in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

The Group’s auditors, PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP, have audited the information in 
the single total figure of remuneration section.

Group Performance in the year ended 31 March 2016

The financial and operating performance for the year ended 31 March 2016 is set 
out in the Strategic report. Overall the Group has had a strong performance in a 
competitive environment. As the Chief Executive has stated in his report, 2016 has 
been a “landmark year” for the Company. With the growth in net operating income 
and underlying profit before tax there continues to be investment in technology, 
new products and offices. The financial and operating performance for the year 
ended 31 March 2016 is set out on pages 36 to 57 in the Strategic report.

The Committee has considered this performance along with compliance with the 
Company’s risk appetite, individual performance and behaviour in determining the level 
of annual incentive to be awarded. In light of the above, and in accordance with the 
policy in place prior to this AGM, the Committee made annual incentive awards of 100% 
of salary to the Executive Directors. Further details can be found on page 85.

Conclusion

This has been a year of significant transition for the Company from private ownership 
to a full listing on the London Stock Exchange.

I hope you find the reports helpful in understanding the Group’s past and future 
remuneration practices as we move into a new environment and that you will support 
the resolutions relating to remuneration at the forthcoming Annual  General  Meeting.

James Richards 
Remuneration Committee Chairman  
7 June 2016

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportCompliance Statement

Annual report on remuneration

This Remuneration Report has been prepared on behalf of the Board by the Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’) in 
accordance with the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. 
The Committee adopts the principles of good governance as set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code and complies with the 
UKLA Listing Code.

84

The following parts of the Annual Report on Remuneration are audited: the single total figure of remuneration for directors, 
including annual incentive outcomes for the financial year ending 31 March 2016, scheme interests awarded during the year, 
and total pension entitlements; payments to past directors and payments for loss of office; and, directors’ shareholdings and 
share interests. 

The following section sets out the remuneration arrangements and outcomes for the year ended 31 March 2016, and how the 
Committee intends the Remuneration Policy to apply during the year ending 31 March 2017.

Single figure of Executive Director remuneration

85

The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Executive Director who served during the years 
ended 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2015.

£’000

Name

Peter Cruddas

Grant Foley

David Fineberg

Year ended  

31 March

Salary

Benefits1

Annual
Incentive2

Long term
Incentives3

Share
Incentive plan4

Pension5

2016
2015

2016
2015

2016
2015

337 .5
250.0

228 .3
154.5

206 .7
154.5

2 .4
2.2

1 .1
1.0

1 .1
1.0

400 .0
250.0

270 .0
145.5

240 .0
154.5

-
-

883 .6
268.8

1,249 .7
268.8

-
-

3 .6
-

3 .6
-

-
-

22 .8
15.5

20 .7
15.5

Total

739 .9
502.2

1,409 .4
585.3

1,721 .8
594.3

1 Taxable value of benefits received in the year by Executive Directors comprise private health insurance and, in addition for the CEO, dental insurance. 
2 Annual Incentive:  The total earned in respect of performance during the relevant financial year. As per past policy annual incentives were calculated by reference to the 

annual pay at the end of the financial year; going forward, the company will use the annual salary paid to calculate incentive opportunities. 

3 Long Term Incentive: For the year ended 31 March 2016, based on the market value of the Pre-IPO Retention Awards calculated with reference to the share price 
at Listing of £2.40. Awards were granted to Executive Directors, senior management and other key employees to retain and motivate key talent through listing and 
beyond.  Awards vest 50% on the first and second anniversaries of listing, subject to continued employment and malus and clawback provisions apply. For the year 
ended 31 March 2015, based on nil-cost options awarded under the Company’s 2009 Management Equity Plan, calculated with reference to the share price at 
grant of £1.74. These awards vested on listing.

4 Share Incentive Plan: Employees including the Executive Directors are entitled to participate in the SIP throughout the year; it allows employees and Directors to 

receive one matching share for every partnership share purchased under the SIP up to the limits defined by HMRC.  Free shares were granted to employees (including 
Grant Foley and David Fineberg) with a market value of £3,600; these shares were granted on 11 February 2016 and will be forfeited if within 3 years from the date of 
grant, the individual leaves employment in certain circumstances.  Peter Cruddas does not currently participate in the plan.

5 During the year ended 31 March 2016, Grant Foley and David Fineberg received a Company pension contribution of 10% of salary. Peter Cruddas opted out of the 

plan and no compensation was provided. None of the Executive Directors have a prospective right to a final salary pension by reference to years of service.

External appointments

It is the Board’s policy to allow Executive Directors to take up external Non-Executive positions, subject to the prior approval of the 
Board. Any fee earned in relation to outside appointments is retained by the Executive Director. No Executive Director held any 
external appointments during the year ended 31 March 2016 with the exception of Peter Cruddas who held one Non–
Executive position and a number of other directorships as detailed in the governance section of the Annual Report on page 65, 
he receives no fee in respect of these appointments.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportSingle figure of Non-Executive director remuneration

Payments to past directors and for loss of office

The table below sets out the single figure of the total remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director who served during 
the year ended 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2015.

Remuneration comprises an annual fee for acting as a Chairman or Non-Executive Director of the Company. Additional fees are 
paid to Non-Executive Directors in respect of service as Chairman of the Audit, Risk or Remuneration Committees.

86

£’000 

Name

Simon Waugh

James Richards

Malcolm McCaig

Manjit Wolstenholme

John Jackson

Year ended 

31 March

2016
2015

2016
2015

2016
2015

2016
2015

2016
2015

Base fee

Committee fee

SID fee

Benefits

130 .4
125.0

52 .5
-

19 .6
-

19 .6
-

22 .5
90.0

-
-

2 .5
-

2 .5
-

2 .5
-

2 .5
10.0

-
-

-
-

-
-

0 .8
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

Total

130 .4
125.0

55 .0
-

22 .1
-

22 .9
-

25 .0
100.0

Award under the Annual incentive plan for the year ended 31 March 2016

During the year ended 31 March 2016, Executive Directors participated in the annual Incentive plan with a maximum opportunity of 
up to 100% of salary.

There were no payments to past directors or for loss of office during the year.

Share ownership and share interests

The Committee has adopted guidelines for Executive Directors and other senior executives to encourage substantial long-term 
share ownership. Executive Directors are expected to build and hold shares of at least 200% of salary and to retain at least 50% of 
shares vesting (net of tax) until the guideline is achieved.

87

The table below shows the interests of the Directors and connected persons in shares and the extent to which CMC Markets’ 
shareholding guidelines are achieved.

Name

Executive Directors

Peter Cruddas

Grant Foley1

David Fineberg1

Non-Executive Directors

Simon Waugh

James Richards

Malcolm McCaig

Manjit Wolstenholme

John Jackson2

Total share interests  

Total share interests  

at 31 March 2015

at 31 March 2016

Requirement met

249,610,638

179,929,906

-

21,688

-

-

-

-

-

21,688

Yes

No

No

25,000

Not applicable

-

Not applicable

12,500

12,500

Not applicable

Not applicable

70,883

Not applicable

Not applicable

Annual incentive awards were predominantly based on pre-incentive underlying Group profit before tax.  Final determination of 
actual awards was also subject to the Committee’s assessment of satisfactory individual performance and behaviour and that 
outcomes were achieved within the risk appetite of the Company. 

1 In addition, Grant Foley and David Fineberg have interests in unvested awards, subject to deferral, granted under the Pre-IPO Retention Plan, of respectively 
368,150 and 520,700 conditional rights to shares on vesting and of respectively 2,954 and 3,074 shares under the Share Incentive Plan subject to forfeiture  
for three years. 

2 John Jackson retired on 30 June 2015.

The movement in directors’ share interests between the end of the year and 3 June 2016 were an increase of 787 for David 
Fineberg and 727 for Grant Foley associated with partnership share purchases through the SIP.

For the year ended 31 March 2016, target performance for pre-incentive underlying Group profit before tax was £68.0 million and 
the stretch requirement was £71.0 million. Actual performance was £72.0 million which warranted the maximum/stretch level of 
incentive award. Underlying profit before tax excludes items such as exceptional listing costs of £12.1 million and exceptional income 
of £3.1million relating to litigation income which are both included in statutory profit before tax.  

This approach is used by the Committee as a guideline rather than being formulaic and applies to all employees, and not just board 
directors. The disclosure above therefore provides full retrospective disclosure of Group financial targets that determine the annual 
incentive outcomes.

While the specific individual objectives of the Executive Directors are considered commercially sensitive, the following provides 
details of some of the executive director achievements which the committee took into account:

•  The successful execution of the listing 

•  Continued strong performance of the Company including 14% growth in active clients and 4% increase in revenue per active 

client

•  New product and platform developments 

•  Continued recruitment and retention of high calibre employees

The Committee also considered wider factors including the quality of earnings generated, and feedback from the Chief Financial 
Officer & Head of Risk, and determined that performance was achieved within the risk appetite of the firm.

Following consideration of the above, the Committee awarded incentives of 100% of salary i.e. the maximum incentive to each 
Executive Director, equivalent to £400,000 for Peter Cruddas, £270,000 for Grant Foley, and £240,000 for David Fineberg. 
Awards are paid in cash and are subject to clawback provisions.  

* Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to benefits. Reimbursed expenses which are not strictly business related are subject to tax via PAYE.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportTotal shareholder return (TSR) performance and CEO single figure

Relative importance of spend on pay

The below chart compares the total shareholder return (TSR) of the Company against the FTSE250 Index based on £100 invested 
at listing (5 February 2016). The FTSE250 index has been selected as a relevant comparator as it includes companies of a similar 
size and complexity to CMC Markets plc and the Company is a constituent of the Index. The full year single figure of remuneration 
for the Chief Executive has been included in the table that follows the graph for simplicity.

88

120

110

100

90

80

CMC Markets

FTSE250

5-Feb-16

31-Mar-16

Source: DataStream

CEO - single figure of remuneration (£000)

CEO Single figure of remuneration (£’000)

Annual incentive payout (as % of maximum)

2016

739.9

100%

Long term incentives (as % of maximum)

Not applicable

CMC Markets listed on the London Stock Exchange on 5 February 2016; however the full year single figure has been included here. 

The chart below illustrates the Group’s actual expenditure on shareholder distributions (including dividends and share buybacks) 
and total employee pay expenditure for the financial years ended 31 March 2015 and 31 March 2016.

£m

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

+13%

46.1

40.7

+91%

30.4

15.9

Employee remuneration

Distributions to shareholders

2015

2016

89

Dilution

The Company’s share schemes are funded through a combination of shares purchased in the market and new-issue shares, as 
appropriate. The Company monitors the number of shares issued under these schemes, compared to the relevant dilution limits set 
by the Investment Association in respect of all share plans (10% in any rolling ten-year period) and executive share plans (5% in any 
rolling ten-year period). No shares have been issued since Listing except for awards under the HMRC approved Share Incentive 
Plan.

Implementation of remuneration policy for year ending 31 March 2017

Salary

Following a review by the Committee, Executive Director salaries for the year ending 31 March 2017 were increased by 2.5%, 
which is in line with the average employee increase across the Group. For the year ending 31 March 2017, salaries for Executive 
Directors are therefore £410,000 for the CEO, £276,750 for the CFO & Head of Risk, and £246,000 for the Group Director 
of Trading.

Pension

Executive Directors will continue to receive a pension contribution of 10% of salary, or cash in lieu of pension (net of employer 
costs) in the year ending 31 March 2017, with the exception of the CEO who does not currently participate in the scheme.

Percentage change in CEO remuneration

Annual incentive

The table below shows the percentage change in salary, taxable benefits and annual incentive for the CEO, and the average for all 
employees within the Company. 

CEO annual cash

Salary

Taxable benefits

Annual incentive

Year ended 31 March 

Year ended 31 March 

2016

£000

337.5

2.4

400.0

2015

£000

250.0

2.2

250.0

Average increase across 

Increase

all employees

35%

9%

60%

3.3%

9.5%

15%

The CEO’s salary was set at £400,000 from 1 February 2016 which the Committee believes is a competitive rate, taking into 
account various factors including the individual’s role and experience, and salary levels for similar roles at sector comparators and 
companies of a similar size and complexity. The CEO’s salary was previously £325,000.

The annual incentive for the year ending 31 March 2017 will operate in line with the Remuneration Policy. The Company operates 
an incentive pool approach. The incentive pool is based on Group profit and subject to the Committee’s assessment that the profit 
outcome has been achieved within the agreed risk appetite of the Company. Allocations are based on an assessment of individual 
performance, with due regard to the achievement of non-financial/strategic objectives, the individual’s contribution and behaviour, 
and compliance with the Company’s risk appetite. Annual incentives for the year ending 31 March 2017 will be up to 120% of 
salary for the CEO and up to 100% of salary for other Executive Directors1. 

Shareholders will recognise that the Company operates in a very competitive market and the Board considers prospective 
incentive performance objectives and targets to be commercially sensitive. In our Annual Remuneration Report, we will provide a 
full retrospective rationale of why bonuses were paid to ensure that shareholders can clearly identify the close link between pay 
and performance. 

  1 This will be based on the annual salary paid to the Executive Director during the year ending 31 March 2017.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportDuring the year, the Committee sought internal support from the Chief Executive Officer, Peter Cruddas, and the Chief Financial 
Officer & Head of Risk, Grant Foley, who attended Committee meetings by invitation from the Chairman. Advice was sought on 
specific questions raised by the Committee and on matters relating to the performance and remuneration of senior managers. No 
Director was present for any discussions that related directly to their own remuneration. The Company Secretary, Jonathan 
Bradshaw or his deputy attends each meeting as Secretary to the Committee. 

Advisers

In undertaking its responsibilities, the Committee seeks independent external advice as necessary. Following a competitive tender 
process during 2015, the Committee appointed Mercer LLC (‘Mercer’) as the principal external adviser to the Committee.  Mercer 
is a voluntary signatory to the Code of Conduct for Remuneration Consultants, which assures clients of independence and 
objectivity. Details of the Code can be found at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com. During the year, Mercer provided 
independent advice on a wide range of remuneration matters including current market practice, benchmarking of executive pay and 
incentive design. They provide no other services to the Company. The fees paid to Mercer in respect of work carried out for the 
Committee for the year under review totalled £58,000 on a time and materials basis. The Committee is comfortable that the 
advice it has received has been objective and independent.

91

Summary of shareholder voting

The Company listed on the London Stock Exchange in February 2016. The Company is presenting this Annual Report on 
Remuneration and the Policy Report to our shareholders for voting at our September 2016 AGM. The Committee will summarise 
results in a Regulatory News Announcement shortly after the AGM and in next year’s Remuneration Report. 

Long term incentive plan (LTIP)

It is anticipated that initial LTIP awards will be performance shares of up to 125% of salary and will be granted shortly after our 
September 2016 AGM, subject to shareholder approval of the new Remuneration Policy. 

Performance will be measured over three years based 60% on point to point EPS growth, 30% on TSR relative to FTSE250 
companies (excluding investment trusts) and 10% on customer satisfaction, based on Net Promoter Score as assessed by 
Investment Trends. Net Promoter Score is a measure of how likely clients are to recommend the Company to others.

90

Awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions for a seven year period from award date.

The Committee intends performance targets for the initial LTIP awards will be as follows:

Threshold performance

(25% vesting)

Stretch performance

(full vesting)

EPS growth (60% 

weighting)

TSR relative to FTSE2501
(30% weighting)

6% p.a.

18% p.a.

Median

Upper quartile

Net Promoter Score  

(10% weighting)

Above industry

 average

Upper quartile 

of industry

There will be straight-line vesting between these performance points.

The EPS growth targets for the first cycle take account of internal projections and external expectations. The Committee intends  
to review LTIP performance targets in advance of future cycles to ensure these are stretching yet achievable over the relevant 
3-year period.

The Company currently anticipates that the CEO will not participate in the LTIP during the year ending 31 March 2017.

Non-Executive Director remuneration

Remuneration for the year ending 31 March 2017 is unchanged and is as follows:

Role

Chairman fee

Non-Executive Director fee

Committee Chairman additional fee

Senior Independent Director additional fee

£000

160.0

60.0

10.0

5.0

Consideration by the Remuneration Committee2 on Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration

The Committee met five times during the year under review. Attendance by individual Committee members at meetings is 
detailed below.

Name

James Richards3

Simon Waugh

Manjit Wolstenholme4

Malcolm McCaig4

John Jackson5

Member throughout 2015/16

Attended (Eligible)

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

5 (5)

5 (5)

1 (1)

1 (1)

1 (1)

1 TSR measure is FTSE250 excluding investment trusts.
2 Up until 25 January 2016, there was a single Remuneration and Nomination Committee. On 25 January 2016, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee was 

split into two separate Committees; no formal Remuneration Committee meetings were held between 25 January 2016 and 31 March 2016.

3 James Richards is Remuneration Committee Chairman and has been a Committee member since 1 April 2015.
4 Manjit Wolstenholme and Malcolm McCaig have been Committee members since 9 December 2015.
5 John Jackson was the Nomination and Remuneration Committee Chairman until he retired on 30 June 2015.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportPolicy report

Group’s remuneration policy for Executive Directors

The below Policy Table summarises the key components of remuneration for the Executive Directors: 

This section of the report sets out the proposed Remuneration Policy for Executive and Non-Executive Directors which is intended 
to apply from our September 2016 AGM, subject to shareholder approval at that meeting.  

92

Our Remuneration Policy is designed to ensure remuneration supports achievement of the Group’s goals, and provides effective 
incentives for exceptional Company and individual performance. The Committee regularly reviews the remuneration structure  
in place to ensure it remains aligned with our business strategy, reinforces our success, and aligns reward with the creation of 
shareholder value ensuring that there is an appropriate balance between fixed and performance-related pay. A high proportion  
of executive remuneration is linked to performance targets including the Group’s performance and the executives’ personal 
contribution. A considerable part of the reward package is linked to share price performance and is to be delivered in shares that 
have to be partially retained until minimum shareholding requirements have been met in accordance with shareholding guidelines. 
The Remuneration Policy also complies with relevant financial services regulation, with all incentives subject to remaining within 
the risk appetite of the Company.

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation 

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

93

Base salary

To reflect the market value of 
the role and individual’s 
experience, responsibility and 
contribution

The policy is for base salary to be 
competitive . In making this 
assessment the Committee looks 
particularly at sector peers and 
other FTSE 250 (excluding 
Investment Trusts) companies. 

Salaries are reviewed on an annual 
basis, with any increase normally 
taking effect from 1 April.

The Committee reviews base 
salaries with reference to:

the individual’s role, 

− 
responsibilities, and experience;

−  business performance and the 
external economic environment;

salary levels for similar roles at 

− 
relevant comparators; and,

salary increases across the 

− 
Group.

Payable in cash.

Pension 

To provide competitive 
retirement benefits

Executive Directors participate in a 
defined contribution pension 
scheme or may receive a cash 
allowance in lieu.

Base salary will not 
exceed the highest in 
the comparator group.

Business performance is 
considered in any 
adjustment to base salary

Base salary increases are 
applied in line with the 
outcome of the review. 

It is anticipated that 
salary increases will 
generally be in line with 
those awarded to the 
wider employee 
population.

Increases may be above 
this level if there is an 
increase in scale, scope, 
market comparability or 
responsibily of the role.

Where increases are 
awarded in excess of the 
wider employee 
population, the 
Committee will provide 
an explanation in the 
relevant year’s 
Remuneration Report. 

Up to 15% of salary. 
Pension contributions 
for the year ending 31 
March 2017 have been 
set at 10% of base pay.

Not applicable

Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’)

To encourage broad employee 
share ownership

In line with HMRC rules. Executive 
Directors are entitled to 
participate in the SIP on the same 
terms as other employees. 

In line with HMRC 
permitted limits. 

Not applicable

Benefits

To provide market  
competitive benefits.

Not applicable

Benefits may vary by role 
and individual 
circumstances and are 
reviewed periodically to 
ensure they remain 
competitive.

The maximum value of 
the benefits is unlikely to 
exceed 10% of salary.

Benefits include life insurance, 
permanent health insurance, 
private medical insurance, dental 
insurance, health screening / 
assessment, critical Illness, interest 
free season ticket loans, gym 
membership, eye tests, cycle to 
work, childcare vouchers, dining 
card, travel insurance, club 
membership and car allowance. 

Where appropriate, other benefits 
may be offered including, but not 
limited to, allowances for 
relocation and other expatriate 
benefits to perform his or her role.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportPurpose and link to strategy

Operation 

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation 

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Annual Incentive

94

To reinforce and reward 
delivery of annual strategic 
business priorities.

Performance is measured on an 
annual basis for each financial year.

Awards may be up to 
120% of salary.

Payout for threshold 
performance is up to 
25% of maximum; 
payment for 
performance ‘ in line with 
expectations’ is up to 
70% of maximum. 

In the event that there is 
no annual incentive as a 
result of Group financial 
performance, the 
Committee has 
discretion to award a 
bonus of up to 20% of 
salary for exceptional 
individual performance.

Performance conditions and 
targets are reviewed prior to the 
start of the year to ensure they are 
appropriate, stretching and 
reinforce the business strategy. 

At the end of the year the 
Committee determines the extent 
to which these were achieved. 
Incentive awards are discretionary.

Awards are paid in cash. The 
Committee may defer up to 50% of 
any incentive in shares for up to 
three years, or longer if regulations 
require. 

Dividend equivalents may accrue 
on deferred share awards and be 
paid on those shares which vest.

Awards under the annual incentive 
are non-pensionable. Unpaid/
unvested awards are subject to 
malus and paid/vested awards are 
subject to clawback for a three 
year period from award in the 
event of a material financial 
misstatement, gross misconduct, 
calculation error, failure of risk 
management, or in any other 
circumstance the Committee 
considers appropriate.

Performance is assessed 
against Group and 
individual performance. 

A pool is determined by 
reference to the actual 
level of profit achievement 
compared to performance 
targets and is capped. 
Once the pool is defined, it 
is allocated to the 
individuals based on their 
individual objectives and 
behaviour.

For the year ending 31 
March 2017, Group 
performance is to be based 
on profit and subject to the 
Committee’s assessment 
that the outcome is 
achieved within the risk 
appetite of the Company, 
and individual performance 
is to be based on the 
achievement of non-
financial/strategic 
objectives, the individual’s 
contribution and 
behaviour, and compliance 
with the Company’s risk 
appetite.

Measures selected and 
their respective weightings 
may vary from year to year 
depending on strategic 
priorities.

The Committee may adjust 
the incentive outcome to 
ensure alignment of pay 
with the underlying 
performance of the 
business over the financial 
year. Factors the 
Committee considers 
include whether outcomes 
were achieved within the 
Company’s risk appetite.

2015 Management Equity 
Plan (‘LTIP’)

To reinforce delivery of 
sustained long-term success, 
and align the interests of 
participants with those of 
shareholders.

Award which is a mix of 
shares and options 
which will have an 
economic value no 
higher than an award of 
125% of salary in 
performance shares in 
normal circumstances 
and up to 200% of 
salary in exceptional 
circumstances.

Vesting for threshold 
performance is up to 
25% of maximum.

95

Awards vest subject to 
Company performance and 
continued employment.

The performance measures 
for 2016 awards are 
earnings per share (EPS) 
(60% weighting), relative 
total shareholder return 
(TSR) (30%) and 
achievement of strategic 
objectives (10%). The 
Committee has flexibility 
to adjust the performance 
measures and weightings 
in advance of each future 
cycle to ensure they 
continue to support 
delivery of the Company 
strategy. Over the term of 
this Policy, performance 
will be predominantly 
dependent on financial, 
and/or share price-related 
measures. 

The Committee has 
flexibility to adjust 
downwards the formulaic 
outcome based on its 
assessment of underlying 
performance, and results 
being achieved within the 
Company’s risk appetite, 
over the performance 
period.

LTIP awards may be granted 
annually by the Remuneration 
Committee to Executive Directors. 
Awards may consist of 
performance shares (nil cost 
options or conditional rights to 
receive shares) or market value 
options or a combination of the 
two. 

LTIP awards normally vest after 
three years. The Committee may 
extend the LTIP time horizon by 
introducing a holding period of up 
to two years, or by extending the 
vesting period e.g. if regulations 
require.

The number of performance shares 
and/or options vesting is 
dependent on the degree to which 
performance conditions attached 
to the LTIP award have been met 
over the performance period. 
Dividends equivalents may accrue 
on performance shares and be paid 
on those shares which vest.

The award levels and performance 
conditions are reviewed in advance 
of grant to ensure they are 
appropriate.

Awards under the LTIP are 
non-pensionable and are subject to 
malus and clawback provisions for 
a seven year period from grant in 
the event of a material financial 
misstatement, gross misconduct, 
calculation error, failure of risk 
management, or in any other 
circumstance the Committee 
considers appropriate.

Notes to the policy table

In addition to the elements of remuneration detailed in the Policy Table, any historical awards or commitments described in this 
report which were made prior to, but due to be fulfilled after, the approval and implementation of the Remuneration Policy detailed 
in this report will be honoured. 

In particular, Pre-IPO Retention Awards were granted to Executive Directors, senior management and other key employees to 
retain and motivate key talent through listing and beyond. Awards vest 50% on the first and second anniversaries of Listing, subject 
to continued employment. Malus and clawback provisions also apply. 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportPerformance measurement selection

The Company’s incentive plans are designed to incentivise the achievement of demanding financial and business-related objectives, 
using a balance of absolute and relative performance measures selected to support the Group’s key strategic priorities.  

96

The annual incentive uses a balance between Group and individual, and financial and non-financial performance targets. The 
Committee has selected Group profit for annual incentive for the year ending 31 March 2017 because it is a key measure of 
financial performance and provides management with clear line-of-sight. Group profit targets relating to the annual incentive plan 
are set in relation to the Company’s annual budget, which is reviewed and approved by the Board prior to the start of each financial 
year. In addition, individual performance for the year ending 31 March 2017 will be assessed based on the achievement of non-
financial/strategic objectives, the individual’s contribution and behaviour, and compliance with the Company’s risk appetite.  
Performance objectives and targets are reviewed annually to ensure ongoing alignment with the Company’s strategy for the year 
ahead and to ensure that they remain stretching yet achievable. The annual incentive is discretionary and the Committee considers 
wider factors in its deliberations at the end of the year, for example the quality of earnings. In determining individual awards, the 
Committee is not required to award the Group incentive pool (i.e. the sum of the incentive awards may be less than the Group 
incentive pool).

The LTIP is designed to align the interests of our participants with the longer-term interests of the Company’s shareholders by 
rewarding them for delivering sustained increases in shareholder value, within the Group’s risk appetite. LTIP performance 
measures selected reinforce the Group’s strategy over the medium- to long-term, and provide a balance of internal and external 
perspectives, and between absolute and relative performance. The Committee has selected EPS as the primary measure as this is a 
well accepted measure of bottom-line financial performance and is well-aligned with shareholder interests. Inclusion of TSR 
provides direct alignment with shareholder interests, and achievement of strategic objectives reinforces delivery of the Company’s 
strategy over the medium- to long-term. Performance measures and targets are reviewed by the Committee ahead of each grant to 
ensure they are appropriately stretching and achievable over the performance period.  

Remuneration policy for other employees

CMC Markets’ approach to annual salary reviews is consistent across the Group. All employees are eligible to participate in the 
annual incentive, with targets appropriate to their organisational level and business area. Key senior managers are also eligible for 
LTIP awards to further support long term alignment with shareholder interests. LTIP performance conditions are consistent for 
these employees, while award opportunities may vary by organisational level or business area.

Risk considerations

The remuneration policy is also designed to promote sound and effective risk management. The Remuneration Committee reviews 
and approves the remuneration policy for all employees, including for Material Risk Takers and senior Risk and Compliance 
employees, to help ensure pay arrangements encourage appropriate behaviour and compliance with the Company’s risk appetite. 
For example, all employees receive a salary which reflects their market value, responsibilities and experience. An individual may 
only receive an annual incentive award if he/she operates within the risk appetite of the Company, and has demonstrated 
appropriate behaviour. Key senior managers are eligible for consideration of LTIP awards, with any vesting based on 
performance over at least three years. The Committee has flexibility to adjust the formulaic outcome if the Company’s recorded 
performance is not a genuine reflection of underlying business performance or if results were not achieved within the 
Company’s risk appetite. Annual incentive awards are subject to malus and clawback for all LTIP participants in various 
circumstances, including a failure of risk management. The CFO & Head of Risk is closely involved in the remuneration process to 
ensure that both remuneration policy and outcomes reinforce compliance with the Company’s risk appetite, including reporting 
independently to the Committee at least annually on compliance with the risk appetite, on any notable risk events, and on the 
behaviour of the Material Risk Takers.

Incentive Plan discretions

The Committee will operate the Company’s incentive plans according to their respective rules and the Policy set out above, and in 
accordance with relevant financial services regulations, the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where relevant. The 2016 LTIP Rules will 
be submitted for approval of shareholders at our September 2016 AGM.

In line with common market practice, the Committee retains discretion as to the operation and administration of these incentive 
plans, including with respect to:

•  Who participates 

•  The timing of grant and/or payment

•  The size of an award and/or payment (within the plan limits approved by shareholders)

•  The manner in which awards are settled

•  The choice of (and adjustment of) performance measures and targets in accordance with the Remuneration Policy set out 

above and the rules of each plan 

•  In exceptional circumstances, amendment of any performance conditions applying to an award – provided the new 

performance conditions are considered fair and reasonable, and are neither materially more nor materially less challenging 
than the original performance targets when set

97

•  Discretion relating to the measurement of performance in the event of a variation of share capital, change of control, special 

dividend, distribution or any other corporate event which may affect the current or future value of an award 

•  Determination of a good leaver (in addition to any specified categories) for incentive plan purposes, based on the rules of each 

plan and the appropriate treatment under the plan rules

•  Adjustments required in certain circumstances (e.g. rights issues, share buybacks, special dividends, other corporate events, 

etc.)

Any use of the above discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the Annual Report on Remuneration. As appropriate, it 
might also be the subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders.

Minor changes

The Committee may make minor amendments to the Policy set out above (for regulatory, exchange control, tax or administrative 
purposes or to take account of a change in legislation) without requiring prior shareholder approval for that amendment.

Group’s remuneration policy for Chairman and Non-Executive Directors

The Board determines the Remuneration Policy and level of fees for the Non-Executive Directors, within the limits set out in the 
Articles of Association. The Remuneration Committee recommends the Remuneration Policy and level of fees for the Chairman of 
the Board. The Company’s Policy is:

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation 

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Not applicable.

Fee increases are applied in 
line with the outcome of the 
review.

Aggregate fees will not exceed 
the limit approved by 
shareholders in the Articles of 
Association which is currently 
£750,000.

Fees

Annual fee for the Chairman. 

To attract suitable individuals 
with a broad range of 
experience and skills to 
oversee shareholders’ 
interests and company 
strategy. Fees are set to 
reflect market value of the 
role and the individual’s time 
commitment, responsibility, 
performance and contribution.

Annual base fee for the 
Non-Executive Directors. 
Additional fees are paid to 
Non-Executive Directors for 
additional services such as 
chairing a Board Committee, 
performing the role of Senior 
Independent Director, etc. 

Fees are reviewed from time 
to time taking into account 
time commitment, 
responsibilities, and fees paid 
by companies of a similar size 
and complexity. Fee increases 
are applied in line with the 
outcome of the review.

Payable in cash.

The Company may reimburse 
NEDs for reasonable 
expenses incurred in carrying 
out their role.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportExecutive Directors’ remuneration scenarios

The charts below provide estimates of the potential future reward opportunity for each of the three Executive Directors, and 
the implied split between the different elements of remuneration under three different performance scenarios: ‘Minimum’, ‘In 
line with Board expectations’ and ‘Maximum’. 

98

£’000

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Peter Cruddas

Grant Foley

David Fineberg

46%

55%

100%

54%

45%

£’000

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

37%

30%

15%

33%

100%

52%

33%

£’000

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

15%

33%

52%

100%

37%

30%

33%

progress against any  performance conditions attached to those awards and an assessment of the likelihood of those conditions 
being met. 

In cases of appointing a new Executive Director by way of internal promotion, the Remuneration Committee will be consistent with 
the Policy for external appointees detailed above. Where an individual has contractual commitments made prior to their promotion 
to Executive Director level, the Company will continue to honour these arrangements. 

In the case of hiring or appointing a new Non-Executive Director, the Committee will follow the Policy as set out in the table on 
page 97. 

99

Service contracts

The Executive Directors are employed under contracts of employment with CMC Markets UK Plc. The principal terms of the 
Executive Directors’ service contracts are as follows:

Minimum

In line with
expectations

Maximum

Minimum

In line with
expectations

Maximum

Minimum

In line with
expectations

Maximum

Executive Director

Position

Effective date of 

contract

Notice period  

from Company

Notice period 

from Director

Salary

Annual incentive

LTIP

Assumptions underlying each element of remuneration are provided in the table below. The projected value of the long-term 
incentives excludes the impact of share price growth and any potential dividend accrual. Actual remuneration delivered, however, 
will be influenced by these factors. 

Component

Fixed

Base salary

Minimum

Latest salary

In line with expectations

Maximum

Latest salary

Latest salary

Pension

salary

salary

salary

Contribution applies to latest 

Contribution applies to latest 

Contribution applies to latest 

As presented as a single figure on 

As presented as a single figure 

As presented as a single figure 

Other benefits

page 85

Annual incentive

LTIP

No payment

No payment

on page 85

70% of maximum

25% of maximum

on page 85

100% of maximum

100% of maximum

The Company currently anticipates that Peter Cruddas will not participate in the LTIP or pension arrangements during the year 
ending 31 March 2017.

Approach to recruitment remuneration

Peter Cruddas

Chief Executive Officer 

1 February 2016

12 months

Grant Foley

CFO & Head of Risk

David Fineberg

Group Director of Trading 

1 February 2016

1 February 2016

6 months

6 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

The terms shown in the table above are in line with the Company policy of operating notice periods of up to 9 months’ notice 
period in the case of Executive Directors, except for the CEO service contract which can have a notice period of up to 12 
months. All employees including Executive Directors are subject to a 6 month probation period.

Executive Directors’ contracts are available to view at the Company’s registered office.

Letters of appointment are provided to the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors have letters of 
appointment which means they retire at each AGM and are put up for re-election at the AGM. Non-Executive Directors’ letters of 
appointment are available to view at the Company’s registered office.

Details of the effective date of Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment and notice periods are set out below:

Non-Executive Director

Simon Waugh

James Richards

Date of letter

25 January 2016

25 January 2016

1 December 2007

1 April 2015

Manjit Wolstenholme

28 September 2015

9 December 2015

Malcolm McCaig

28 September 2015

9 December 2015

3 months

3 months

3 months

3 months

Date of appointment

Notice period

In the case of hiring or appointing a new Executive Director, the Committee may make use of all the existing components of 
remuneration.

Exit payment policy

The salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to their role and responsibilities, experience and skills, relevant 
market data, internal relativities and their current salaries. New appointees will be eligible to receive a pension contribution or 
allowance and benefits and participate in the Company’s HMRC approved all-employee Share Incentive Plan, in line with the 
Remuneration Policy detailed above. 

The annual incentive described in the Policy Table will normally apply to new appointees with the relevant maximum being pro-
rated to reflect the period served. Individual objectives will be tailored to the individual’s role. New appointees are eligible for 
awards under the LTIP which will normally be on the same terms as other Executive Directors, as described in the Policy Table.

In determining appropriate remuneration for a new Executive Director, the Committee will take into consideration all relevant 
factors (including quantum, nature of remuneration and the jurisdiction from which the candidate was recruited from) to ensure 
that the remuneration arrangements are appropriate and in the interests of the Company and its shareholders. The Committee 
may consider it appropriate to grant an award under a structure not included in the Policy, for example to ‘buy out’ incentive 
arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer, and may exercise the discretion available under Listing Rule 9.4.2 R if  
necessary to secure the right candidate. In doing so, the Committee will ensure the value of any buyout will not exceed the 
expected value of awards forgone using a Black-Scholes or equivalent valuation method and, where applicable, take into account 

The Company considers termination payments on a case-by-case basis, taking into account relevant contractual terms, the 
circumstances of the termination and any applicable duty to mitigate. In such an event, the remuneration commitments in respect 
of Executive Directors’ contracts could amount to salary, benefits in kind and pension rights during the notice period, together with 
payment in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday leave, if applicable.

If such circumstances were to arise, the Executive Director concerned would have no claim against the Company for damages or 
any other remedy in respect of the termination. The Committee would apply general principles of mitigation to any payment made 
to a departing Executive Director and would honour previous commitments as appropriate, considering each case on an individual 
basis.

The table overleaf summarises how the awards under the annual incentive and LTIP are typically treated in different leaver 
scenarios and on a change of control. The Committee retains discretion on determining ‘good leaver’ status, but it typically defines 
a ‘good leaver’ in circumstances such as retirement with agreement of the Board, ill health, injury or disability, death, statutory 
redundancy, or part of the business in which the individual is employed or engaged ceasing to be a member of the Group. Final 
treatment is subject to the Committee’s discretion.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportRegulated entities

101

CMC Markets entity

CMC Markets UK plc 

Financial services regulator(s)

Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), UK 

CMC Markets UK plc – European branches

FCA, UK; and

Italy
CMC Markets UK plc Succursale di Milano

France
CMC Markets UK plc, France

Germany
Niederlassung Frankfurt am Main der CMC Markets UK plc

Norway
CMC Markets UK plc Filial Oslo

Spain
CMC Markets UK plc, Sucursal en España

Sweden
CMC Markets UK plc Filial Stockholm

Poland 
CMC Markets UK Plc Oddział w Warszawie

CMC Markets UK plc – Representative Office:

Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (CONSOB), Italy

Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF); and

Autorité de Controle Prudential et de resolution (ACPR)

Bundesanstalt fűr Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (BaFin), Germany

Finanstilsynet (The Financial Supervisory Authority of Norway)

Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores (CNMV), Spain

Finansinspektionen (Financial Supervisory Authority Sweden)

Komisja Nadzoru Finansowego (Polish Financial Supervision 

Authority)

Beijing Representative Office of CMC Markets UK plc

China Banking and Regulatory Commission

CMC Spreadbet plc

FCA, UK

CMC Markets Asia Pacific Pty Ltd

Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC)

CMC Markets Pty Ltd

CMC Markets Stockbroking Ltd

CMC Markets Canada Inc.

(Operating as Marches CMC Canada in Quebec)

CMC Markets NZ Ltd

ASIC

ASIC; and 

Australia Stock Exchange (ASX)

Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada (IIROC);

Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF)

Ontario Securities Commission; and

British Columbia Securities Commission

Financial Markets Authority (New Zealand)

CMC Markets Singapore Pte Ltd

Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS)

Event

Timing of vesting/award

Calculation of vesting/payment

Annual incentive

‘Good leaver’

100

Annual incentive awards due are 
paid at the same time as to 
continuing employees

Any unvested deferred share 
awards vest on the normal 
vesting date

‘Bad leaver’

Not applicable

Change of control1

Annual incentive is paid and 
unvested deferred share awards 
vest on effective date of change 
of control

LTIP

‘Good leaver’

On normal vesting date (or earlier 
at the Committee’s discretion)

‘Bad leaver’

Unvested awards lapse

Change of control1

On the date of the event

Annual incentive is paid only to the 
extent that any performance 
conditions have been satisfied and 
is pro-rated for the proportion of 
the financial year worked before 
cessation of employment

Individuals lose the right to their 
annual incentive and unvested 
deferred share awards

Annual incentive is paid only to the 
extent that any performance 
conditions have been satisfied and 
is pro-rated for the proportion of 
the financial year worked to the 
effective date of change of control

Unvested awards vest to the extent 
that any performance conditions 
have been satisfied and are 
pro-rated to reflect the proportion 
of the vesting period served

Unvested awards lapse on 
cessation of employment

Unvested awards vest to the extent 
that any performance conditions 
have been satisfied and are 
pro-rated to reflect the proportion 
of the vesting period served

1 In certain circumstances, the Committee may determine that any deferred share awards under the annual incentive and both unvested and any deferred awards under 
the LTIP will not vest on a change of control and instead be replaced by an equivalent grant of a new award, as determined by the Committee, in the new company.

Upon exit or change of control, SIP awards will be treated in line with the approved plan rules.

If employment is terminated by the Company, the departing Executive Director may have a legal entitlement (under statute or 
otherwise) to additional amounts, which would need to be met. In addition, the Committee retains discretion to settle other 
amounts reasonably due to the Executive Director, for example to meet the legal fees incurred by the Executive Director in 
connection with the termination of employment, where the Company wishes to enter into a settlement agreement (as provided for 
below) and, in which case, the individual is required to seek independent legal advice.

In certain circumstances, the Committee may approve new contractual arrangements with departing Executive Directors including 
(but not limited to) settlement, confidentiality, restrictive covenants and/or consultancy arrangements. These will be used sparingly 
and only entered into where the Committee believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to do so.

Consideration of conditions elsewhere in the Group

In making remuneration decisions, the Committee takes into account the pay and employment conditions of employees across the 
Group. In particular, the Committee considers the range of base pay increases across the Company as a factor in determining the 
base salary increases for Executive Directors. The Committee does not consult with employees on the Executive Director 
Remuneration Policy nor does it use any remuneration comparison measurements. 

Consideration of shareholder views

The Committee is committed to an on-going dialogue on Directors’ remuneration. It is the Remuneration Committee’s intention to 
consult with major shareholders prior to any major changes to its Remuneration Policy. 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportDirectors’ report

The Corporate Governance Report can be found on pages 60 to 107 and, together with this report of which it forms part, fulfils 
the requirements of the Corporate Governance Statement for the purpose of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules (“DTR”).

102

Going concern

Having given due consideration to the nature of the Group’s business, the Directors consider that the Company and the Group are 
going concerns and the financial statements are prepared on that basis. This treatment reflects the reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future and the consideration of the various risks set 
out on pages 50 to 57 and financial risks described in note 4 to the financial statements.

Viability statement 

In accordance with provision C2.2 of the Code, Directors have considered the Group’s current financial position and future 
prospects and have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period of the assessment.

In reaching this conclusion, both the prospects and viability considerations have been assessed:

Prospects

•  the Group’s current financial position as outlined in the Strategic report (pages 36 to 50)

•  the Group’s business model: The core of the current strategy has been in place for over three years and continues to 

demonstrate delivery of sufficient and growing cash generation to support operations, with average own funds generated 
from operating activities of £47.1m per annum over the last three financial years, and a consistently improving capital base 
(Total equity of £104.3 million at 31 March 2013 and £176.3 million at 31 March 2016).

•  assessment of prospects and assumptions: Conservative expectations of future business prospects through delivery of the 
Group strategy (see pages 24 to 25) as presented to the Board through the budget process. The budget process consists of 
a detailed bottom up process with a 12 month outlook which involves input from all relevant department and regional 
heads. The process includes collection of resource assumptions required to deliver the Group strategy, and associated 
revenue impacts with consideration of key risks. This is used in conjunction with external assumptions such as a regulatory 
environment which continues to support the Group’s products, market volatility, interest rates and industry growth which 
materially impact the business. The budgeting process covers liquidity and capital planning and a three year outlook is 
prepared. The budget was reviewed and approved by the Board in March 2016.

•  ongoing review and monitoring of risks: These have been identified in the Group’s risk appetite statement, outlined in the 

Group’s principal risks and uncertainties (pages 50 to 57) and monitored monthly at the Risk Management Committee, with 
review and challenge from the Group Risk Committee.

Viability

•  scenario stress testing: Available liquidity and capital adequacy are central to understanding the Group’s viability and therefore 
stress scenarios, both regulatory and financial, are considered in the Group’s Individual Capital Adequacy Assessment Process 
and Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment documents, which are shared with the FCA. The results of the stress testing 
showed that due to the robustness of the business the Group would be able to withstand scenarios, including combined 
scenarios, over the financial planning period by taking management actions that have been identified within the scenario stress 
tests.

The Directors have considered that three years is an appropriate period over which to provide a viability statement as this is the 
longest period over which the Board view strategic opportunities and this timeline is also aligned with the period over which 
internal stress testing occurs. The Directors have no reason to believe that the Group will not be viable over a longer period, but 
given the uncertainty involved believe this period presents the readers of the Annual Report with a reasonable degree of 
confidence.

In addition to considering the above, the Group also monitors performance against pre-defined budget expectations and risk 
indicators, along with strategic progress updates, which provide early warning to the Board allowing management action to be 
taken where required including the assessment of new opportunities. 

Directors

All directors will seek election at the 2016 Annual General Meeting (“2016 AGM”) on 7 September 2016. Following 
recommendation by the Nomination Committee, a Director may be appointed to the Board by the Board of Directors and will then 
be put forward at the following Annual General Meeting for election by the shareholders. The Company’s Articles of Association, 
available on the CMC Markets plc Group website, detail the appointment and removal process for Directors.

103

Directors interests can be found in the Directors Remuneration Report on page 87 and other directorships are disclosed on 
page 64 to 67.

The Directors who served during the year were:

Simon Waugh 

Chairman

Manjit Wolstenholme

Senior Independent Director

(appointed 9 December 2015)

Peter Cruddas

Malcolm McCaig

James Richards

John Jackson

David Fineberg

Grant Foley

Directors’ indemnities

Chief Executive Officer

Non-Executive Director

(appointed 9 December 2015)

Non-Executive Director

(appointed 1 April 2015)

Non-Executive Director

(resigned 30 June 2015)

Group Director of Trading

CFO & Head of Risk

The Company maintains appropriate insurance to cover Directors’ and Officers’ liability which is assessed annually and approved 
by the Board. Directors are granted indemnity provisions against section 234, 235 and/or 236 of the Companies Act 2006. No 
amount was paid under the Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance during the year. 

Strategic report

The Companies Act 2006 requires the Group to prepare a Strategic report, which commences at the start of this Annual Report 
and financial statements up to page 157. The Strategic report includes information about the Group’s operations and business 
model, review of the business throughout the year, anticipated future developments, key performance indicators and principal 
risks and uncertainties. The use of financial instruments is included in the report and further covered under note 23 to the 
consolidated financial statements on page 148. The Group’s vision is to be market leader in global online retail multi-asset 
trading. Its strategic objective is to provide superior shareholder returns through the consistent and sustainable delivery of 
growth in revenue and improvement to operating margins through operational excellence including product innovation, 
technology and service. The strategic objectives to achieve this are also set out in the Strategic report.

Dividends

On 7 June 2016, the Board recommended a final dividend of 5.36 pence per Ordinary Share in respect of the full financial year 
ended 31 March 2016, subject to shareholder approval at the 2016 AGM. Further information on dividends is shown in note 14 of 
the financial statements and is incorporated into this report by reference.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportShare capital

The Company’s share capital comprises Ordinary Shares of 25 pence each and Deferred Shares of 25 pence each. At 31 March 
2016 there were 287,923,211 Ordinary and 2,478,086 Deferred Shares in issue.

Company (or an interest which carries 10% or more of the aggregate voting rights in the Company from time to time) or (ii) the 
Shares ceasing to be listed on the premium listing segment of the Official List and admitted to trading on the London Stock 
Exchange’s main market for listed securities.

Ordinary Shares

Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code

During the year:

104

1.  The Company issued 7,626,349 Ordinary Shares. 6,239,333 Ordinary Shares were issued to public investors and certain 
Non-Executive Directors for a consideration of £14,974,000. In addition, 563,816 were issued to the CMC Markets plc 
Employee Share Plan Trust, 477,000 Ordinary Shares were issued to the Employee Share Incentive Plan Trust and 346,200 
Ordinary Shares were issued directly to certain employees.

2.  Under the CMC Markets Management Equity Plan 2009 (“2009 MEP”), 934,300 options that were previously granted were 

cash settled upon listing resulting in nil remaining outstanding at the year-end; 

3.  Under the CMC Markets Management Equity Plan 2015 (“2015 MEP”) 4,914,300 options over Ordinary Shares were granted 

without charge to employees of the Group and 1,641,525 were vested upon listing;

4.  Under the UK Share Incentive Plan (“UK SIP”) 477,000 options over Ordinary Shares were granted without charge to 

employees of the Group; and

5.  No Ordinary Shares were converted to Deferred Shares and the mechanism to enable such a conversion of Ordinary Shares 

into Deferred Shares when required ended upon listing.

At the date of this report an aggregate of 2,926,575 options over Ordinary Shares in the Company remain outstanding subject to 
the rules of the 2015 MEP and 477,000 options over Ordinary Shares are outstanding subject to the rules of the UK SIP. Further 
details of the authorised and issued capital are disclosed in note 26.

The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All Ordinary Shares in issue in the 
Company rank equally and carry the same voting rights and the same rights to receive dividends and other distributions declared or 
paid by the Company.

Deferred Shares

The holders of Deferred Shares do not have the right to receive notice of any general meeting of the Company nor the right to 
attend, speak or vote at any such general meeting. The Deferred Shares have no rights to dividends and, on a return of assets in a 
winding up, entitles the holder only to the repayment of the amounts paid upon such shares. The Deferred Shares may be 
purchased at nominal value at the option of the Company by notice in writing served on the holder of the Deferred Shares. No 
application has been made or is currently intended to be made for the Deferred Shares to be admitted to the Official List or to trade 
on the London Stock Exchange or any other investment exchange.

Share capital and Directors’ powers

The powers of the Directors, including in relation to the issue or buy back of the Company’s shares, are set out in the Companies 
Act 2006 and the Company’s Constitution. The Directors were granted authorities to issue and allot shares and to buy back shares 
at a general meeting held 4 February 2016.

Shareholders will be asked to renew these authorities in line with the latest institutional shareholder guidelines at the 2016 AGM.

The Company did not repurchase any of the issued Ordinary Shares during the year and up to the date of this report.

Controlling Shareholder Disclosure

The Company entered into a Relationship Agreement with Peter and Fiona Cruddas (“the Controlling Shareholders”) on  
26 January 2016, the terms of which came into force on listing the Company to trade on the main market of the London Stock 
Exchange. The principal purpose of the Relationship Agreement is to ensure that the Company is capable at all times of carrying on 
its business independently of the Controlling Shareholders and their associates, that transactions and relationships with the 
Controlling Shareholders and their associates are at arm’s length and on normal commercial terms (subject to the rules on related 
party transactions in the Listing Rules) and to ensure the Controlling Shareholders do not take any action that would prevent the 
Company from complying with, or would circumvent, the Listing Rules. The Relationship Agreement will stay in effect until the 
earlier of: (i) the Controlling Shareholders ceasing to own in aggregate an interest in at least 10% or more of the Shares in the 

Significant contracts and change of control

The Company has a large number of contractual arrangements which it believes are essential to the business of the Company. 
These can be split into three main categories, which are a committed bank facility, prime broker arrangements, and market data and 
technology contracts. A change of control of the Company may cause the committed bank facility to terminate should the 
controlling shareholders holding reduce to below 51%.

105

Statutory information contained elsewhere in the report

Information required to be part of this Directors’ report can be found elsewhere in the annual report as indicated below. 

Information

Greenhouse gas emissions

Location in annual report

Page 34

Employees (employment of disabled persons, employee engagement)

Page 30

Disclosure of overseas branches

Employee share schemes

Directors’ long term incentives

Financial instruments

Likely future developments

Directors interests

Related party transactions

Substantial shareholdings

Page 101

Note 28, page 152

Pages 82 to 100

Note 23, Page 148

Page 12 and 24 to 25

Page 62

Page 87

Page 157

Information provided to the Company by substantial shareholders pursuant to the DTRs is published via a Regulatory Information 
Service. As at 31 March 2016, the company has been notified under DTR Rule 5 of the interests as set out below in its issued share 
capital. All such share capital has the right to vote at general meetings. 

As at 3 June 2016 the substantial shareholdings in the Ordinary Shares of the Company remain as stated in the table below.

Shareholder 

As at 31 March 2016

Peter Andrew Cruddas

Fiona Jane Cruddas

Goldman Sachs International

Legal & General Investment Management

Henderson Global Investors

Schroders Investment Management

Fidelity Management

* Held directly by Goldman Sachs Securities Nominees.

Ordinary Shares held

% of voting rights

Direct/Beneficial owner

165,155,374

57.36

Beneficial owner*

14,774,532

14,395,894

11,682,538

11,302,835

10,000,000

9,500,000

5.13

5.00

4.06

3.92

3.47

3.30

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

The shareholdings of CMC Markets plc Directors are listed within the Directors Remuneration Report.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportArticles of association

Any amendments to the Company’s Articles of Association may only be made by passing a special resolution at a general meeting of 
the shareholders of the Company. 

Research and development

106

The Group continues to invest in the development of the CFD and spread bet Next Generation platform in addition to maintaining 
existing infrastructure with considerable effort applied by the technical and software development teams. Little expenditure is 
capitalised and is therefore expensed when it is incurred. £nil of development expenditure has been capitalised during the year 
(2015: £nil).

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to Auditors

So far as each person who was a Director at the date of approving this report is aware, there is no relevant audit information, being 
information needed by the auditors in connection with preparing their report, of which the auditors are unaware of. Each Director 
has taken all the steps that he or she is obliged to take as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given pursuant to section 
418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Independent auditor

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP acted as auditors throughout the year. In accordance with s489 and s492 of the Companies Act 
2006, resolutions proposing the re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company’s auditors and authorising the 
Directors to determine the auditors’ remuneration will be put to the 2016 AGM.

Political donations

No political donations were made by the Company during the year.

Annual General Meeting

The 2016 AGM is to be held at 133 Houndsditch, London EC3A 7BX at 10.00am on Wednesday 7 September 2016.

Statement of Directors’  
Responsibilities

107

Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group Financial 
Statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and hence 
for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information on the Company’s 
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibilities statement

We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:

•  the Group Financial Statements, which have been prepared 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
results of the Group; and

•  the Strategic Report contained in this Annual Report 

includes a fair review of the development and performance 
of the business and the position of the Company and the 
Group, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face; and

•  the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 

balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy

The Annual Report was approved by the Board on 7 June 2016.

By order of the Board

Jonathan Bradshaw 
Company Secretary 
7 June 2016

CMC Markets plc 
Registered number: 05145017

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic 
report, Directors’ report and the Financial Statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations. As a listed 
company within the European Union, the Directors are required 
to prepare the Group Financial Statements in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as adopted 
by the EU. The Directors have elected to prepare the Parent 
Company Financial Statements in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006 and IFRSs as adopted by the EU.

Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the 
Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. 
In preparing the Financial Statements, the Directors are 
required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and 

prudent;

•  present information, including accounting policies, in a 
manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information;

•  in respect of the Group Financial Statements, provide 

additional disclosures when compliance with the specific 
requirements of IFRS is insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular transactions, other 
events and conditions on the Group’s financial position 
and performance;

•  state that the Group has complied with IFRS, subject to any 

material departures disclosed and explained in the 
Financial Statements;

•  in respect of the Parent Company Financial Statements, 
state whether applicable UK accounting standards have 
been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the Financial Statements; and prepare the 
Financial Statements on a going concern basis, unless 
they consider that to be inappropriate

The Directors confirm that the Financial Statements comply 
with the above requirements.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and the Group and enable 
them to ensure that the Financial Statements comply with the 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Governance reportGovernance reportIndependent auditors’ report to the members  
of CMC Markets plc

Report on the financial statements

Our opinion

108

In our opinion: 

•  CMC Markets plc’s Group financial statements and parent 
company financial statements (the “financial statements”) 
give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and 
of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2016 and of 
the Group’s and the parent company’s profit and cash flows 
for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly 
prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the  
European Union; 

•  the parent company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union and as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

What we have audited

The financial statements, included within the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements (the “Annual Report”), comprise:

•  the consolidated and parent company statements of 

financial position as at 31 March 2016;

•  the consolidated income statement and the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income for the year then 
ended;

•  the consolidated and parent company statements of cash 

flows for the year then ended;

•  the consolidated and parent company statements of 

changes in equity for the year then ended; and

•  the notes to the financial statements, which include 

a summary of significant accounting policies and other 
explanatory information.

Certain required disclosures that have been presented 
elsewhere in the Annual Report, rather than in the notes 
to the financial statements. These are cross-referenced from 
the financial statements and are identified as audited.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the 
preparation of the financial statements is IFRSs as adopted by 
the European Union, and applicable law and as regards the 
parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance 
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

Our audit approach

Context

On 5 February 2016 CMC Markets plc listed its ordinary 
shares on the London Stock Exchange. Our audit was planned 
in anticipation of the listing and therefore we haven’t had to 
amend our audit plan during the year end from what was 
originally presented to the Audit Committee. As a result of the 
listing process, there were exceptional expenses incurred by 
the Group, which is one of the areas of focus for us this year. 

Overview

Materiality

•  Overall group materiality: £2.675 million which represents 5% of profit before tax.

Scope

•  The Group consists of a UK holding Company with a number of subsidiary entities and branches 

containing the operating businesses of both the UK and overseas territories. The accounting records 
for both the UK and overseas businesses are primarily maintained and controlled by the UK finance 
team in London.

•  We determined the appropriate work to perform based on the consolidated balances of the group. 
As a result, the majority of the audit work was performed by the Group audit team in London, with 
certain, specified audit procedures carried out by overseas PwC engagement teams where necessary.

•  Balances within the scope of our audit contributed 86% of Group total assets. Audit coverage on 

account balances in the consolidated income statement ranged between 80% and 100%.

Areas of focus

•  Revenue recognition.

•  Disclosure and classification of exceptional items.

The scope of our audit and our areas of focus

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (“ISAs (UK & Ireland)”).

We designed our audit by determining materiality and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. In particular, we looked at where the directors 
made subjective judgements, for example in respect of 
significant accounting estimates that involved making 
assumptions and considering future events that are inherently 
uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls, including evaluating 

whether there was evidence of bias by the directors that 
represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect 
on our audit, including the allocation of our resources and 
effort, are identified as “areas of focus” in the table below. 
We have also set out how we tailored our audit to address 
these specific areas in order to provide an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole, and any comments we make 
on the results of our procedures should be read in this 
context. This is not a complete list of all risks identified  
by our audit. 

109

Area of focus

How our audit addressed the area of focus

Revenue recognition
The Group gives its clients access to a broad range of financial markets 

We use data analytics and account mapping to perform a full 

reconciliation of all account balances recorded in the trading systems 

predominantly through provision of spreadbetting and contract-for-

to the general ledger. This is performed for every balance in those 

difference (“CFD”) market-making activities. 

trading systems for the entire year. We did not identify any material 

differences. 

All of the client trading transactions which lead to revenue and the 
Group’s related hedging transactions are recorded in the NextGen 

As each transaction ultimately has a cash impact we tested the cash 

and MarketMaker systems, and the net position at each month end is 

reconciliation controls throughout the year. We also agreed all cash 

recorded in the Oracle general ledger. 

accounts to external third party evidence through a combination of 

independent confirmations and examination of bank statements. 

We have focused on this area because it is a key driver  

of substantially all of the revenue in the Group.

Finally, to address the risk that improper transactions had been 

entered into the trading systems, we read a sample of customer 

complaints as well as testing a sample of accounts for authenticity to 

identify any instances where revenue might have been improperly 

recognised. 

We did not identify any material exceptions.

Disclosure and classification of exceptional items
The Group has an accounting policy in relation to the disclosure of 

We assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting 

policy and whether those items disclosed as exceptional items 

exceptional items. All exceptional items are ordinarily recorded in the 

were consistent with the accounting policy. We found the Group’s 

financial statements, however are disclosed separately on the face of 

accounting policy to be appropriate and the classification of these 

the Income Statement. Three instances gave rise to exceptional items 

exceptional items to be consistent with the accounting policy.

in the current year. One of these related to income received on a legal 

settlement, and the other two were expenses incurred in the listing 

We understood the nature of each of the exceptional items (e.g. 

process. 

litigation settlement, listing costs and share based payment expenses) 

through discussion with management and examination of the relevant 

The decision whether to disclose items as exceptional or not is 

accounting memos. All amounts have been agreed to actual cash 

a judgemental one, and there is additional risk involved as the 

payments and receipts, as well as invoices where applicable.

“underlying” profit before tax (excluding exceptional items) is a 

key metric for measuring senior management’s performance and 

We have also considered whether the population of exceptional 

for discussing the performance of the Group. As such there is a 

items is complete. Specifically we have considered whether any 

heightened disclosure risk that exceptional debits are overstated or 

additional income amounts should be disclosed as exceptional. 

exceptional credits understated to increase reported underlying profit.

Based on our analysis we did not identify any additional exceptional 

items to be included in the disclosure. 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Independent auditors’ reportIndependent auditors’ reportWe agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report 
to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£133,000 as well as misstatements below that amount that, 
in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Going concern

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the 
directors’ statement, set out on page 102, in relation to going 
concern. We have nothing to report having performed 
our review. 

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you 
if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to 
in relation to the directors’ statement about whether they 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements. We have nothing material 
to add or to draw attention to. 

As noted in the directors’ statement, the directors have 
concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements. The going concern 
basis presumes that the group and parent company have 
adequate resources to remain in operation, and that the 
directors intend them to do so, for at least one year from the 
date the financial statements were signed. As part of our audit 
we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going 
concern basis is appropriate. However, because not all future 
events or conditions can be predicted, these statements are 
not a guarantee as to the group’s and parent company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern.

Other required reporting

Consistency of other information

Companies Act 2006 opinions

In our opinion the information given in the Strategic Report and 
the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements.

110

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we 
performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole. In scoping our audit work we 
took into account the geographic structure of the group, the 
location of accounting processes and controls, and the 
industry in which the group operates. 

CMC Markets is an online retail financial services business that 
provides its clients with online and mobile financial spread 
betting (UK and Ireland only) and contract for difference (CFD) 
trading platforms. CMC Markets is a global company with 
significant operations in the UK, Europe and Asia Pacific. The 
Group also has a stockbroking offering in Australia. 

The Group consists of a UK holding Company with a number 
of subsidiary entities and branches containing the operating 
businesses of both the UK and overseas territories. The 
accounting records for both the UK and overseas businesses 
are primarily maintained and controlled by the UK finance 
team in London. We determined the appropriate work to 
perform based on the consolidated balances of the group, the 
areas of focus as noted above, known or historical accounting 
issues and the desire to include some unpredictability in our 
audit procedures.

As a result of our scoping, the only material components were 
the UK legal entities (including the European branches) and we 
have performed a full scope audit of these entities. In addition 
to this it was possible for us to perform testing in the UK for all 
spread betting and CFD revenue. As a result, the majority of the 
audit work was performed by the Group audit team in London, 
with certain, specified audit procedures carried out by PwC 
Australia over cash, deferred tax and stockbroking revenue. 

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of 
materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, 
helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, 
timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating 
the effect of misstatements, both individually and on the 
financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall group 
materiality

How we 
determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

£2.675 million

5% of profit before tax

We have used profit before tax as the 
materiality benchmark as it is the most 
relevant metric against which the 
performance of the Group is measured.

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  information in the Annual Report is:
 ҽ materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or
 ҽ apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge 
of the group and parent company acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

We have no exceptions 
to report.

111

 ҽ otherwise misleading. 

•  the statement given by the directors on page 72, in accordance with provision C.1.1 of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”), that they consider the Annual Report 
taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for members to assess the group’s and parent company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy is materially inconsistent with our knowledge 
of the group and parent company acquired in the course of performing our audit.

We have no exceptions 
to report.

•  the section of the Annual Report on page 75, as required by provision C.3.8 of the 
Code, describing the work of the Audit Committee does not appropriately address 
matters communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We have no exceptions 
to report.

The directors’ assessment of the prospects of the group and of the principal risks that would threaten the solvency 
or liquidity of the group

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we have anything material to add or to 

draw attention to in relation to:

•  the directors’ confirmation on page 51 of the Annual Report, in accordance with provision 
C.2.1 of the Code, that they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the group, including those that would threaten its business model, future 
performance, solvency or liquidity.

•  the disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those risks and explain how they are 

being managed or mitigated.

•  the directors’ explanation on page 102 of the Annual Report, in accordance with provision 
C.2.2 of the Code, as to how they have assessed the prospects of the group, over what 
period they have done so and why they consider that period to be appropriate, and their 
statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their 
assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing material to 
add or to draw attention to.

We have nothing material to 
add or to draw attention to.

We have nothing material to 
add or to draw attention to.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the directors’ statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks facing the group and the directors’ statement in relation to the longer-term viability of the group. Our 
review was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ 
process supporting their statements; checking that the statements are in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; 
and considering whether the statements are consistent with the knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing our 
audit. - We have nothing to report having performed our review.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Independent auditors’ reportIndependent auditors’ reportAdequacy of accounting records and information and 
explanations received

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

112

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 
parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of 

the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not 
in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this 
responsibility.

Directors’ remuneration

Directors’ remuneration report – Companies Act 2006 opinion

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of directors’ 
remuneration specified by law are not made. We have no 
exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Corporate governance statement

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion, a corporate governance statement has 
not been prepared by the parent company. We have no 
exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the part of 
the Corporate Governance Statement relating to ten further 
provisions of the Code. We have nothing to report having 
performed our review. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements  

and the audit

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and 
only for the parent company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown 
or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed 
by our prior consent in writing.

What an audit of financial statements involves

An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free 
from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. 
This includes an assessment of: 

•  whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the 

group’s and the parent company’s circumstances and have 
been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; 

•  the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates 

made by the directors; and

•  the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the 
directors’ judgements against available evidence, forming our 
own judgements, and evaluating the disclosures in the 
financial statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other 
auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to 
provide a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We 
obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of 
controls, substantive procedures or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial 
information in the Annual Report to identify material 
inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to 
identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect 
based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge 
acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we 
become aware of any apparent material misstatements or 
inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Our responsibilities and those of the directors

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities set out on page 107, the directors are 
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and 
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

Hemione Hudson (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London 
7 June 2016

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
ISAs (UK & Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with 
the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Financial statements

Consolidated income statement 

For the year ended 31 March 2016

GROUP 

£‘000

Revenue

Interest income

Total revenue

Rebates and levies

Net operating income
Other income

Operating expenses

EBITDA1

Analysed as:

EBITDA before exceptional items2
Exceptional income

Exceptional costs

EBITDA1

Depreciation and amortisation

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before taxation

Analysed as:

Profit before taxation and exceptional items
Exceptional income

Exceptional costs

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (p)

Diluted earnings per share (p)

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

113

Note

2016

2015

186,397

155,755

6

5
7

8

7

8

11

10

11

7

8

12

13

13

1,762

188,159

(18,812)

169,347
3,135

(112,277)

60,205

69,168
3,135

(12,098)

60,205

(6,057)

54,148

(772)

53,376

62,339
3,135

(12,098)

53,376

(10,915)

42,461

2,118

157,873

(14,221)

143,652
–

(92,312)

51,340

59,774
–

(8,434)

51,340

(6,934)

44,406

(896)

43,510

51,944
–

(8,434)

43,510

(8,770)

34,740

15.1p

 15.0p

12.4p

12.4p

1 EBITDA represents earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation and impairment of intangible assets, but includes interest income classified as trading revenue.
2 EBITDA before exceptional items represents Underlying EBITDA.

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company has not presented its own income statement or 
statement of comprehensive income. The profit for the year ended 31 March 2016 dealt within the financial statements of the 
Company was £7,708,000 (2015: £10,000 Loss). The Company had no other comprehensive income.

CMC Markets plcFinancial statementsAnnual Report 2016Independent auditors’ reportConsolidated statement of comprehensive income 

For the year ended 31 March 2016

Consolidated and parent company statements of financial position

At 31 March 2016

GROUP 

£‘000

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive (expense) / income:

114

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to income statement
(Loss) / Profit on net investment hedges net of tax

Profit recycled from equity to the income statement net of tax

Currency translation differences

Change in value of available-for-sale financial assets

Other comprehensive income / (expense) for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the parent

Note

29

29

29

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

42,461

2015

34,740

(1,172)

61 

1,563

4

456

42,917

1,063

–

(1,485)

–

(422)

34,318

£’000

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Financial investments

Amounts due from brokers

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Borrowings

Current tax payable

Short term provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Long term provisions

Total non-current liabilities

TOTAL LIABILITIES

EQUITY

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Share capital

Share premium

Own shares held in trust

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

GROUP

COMPANY

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

Note

2016

2015

2016

2015

15

16

17

25

18

23

19

20

21

23

22

24

21

22

25

24

26

26

27

29

115

2,649

16,350

–

7,701

3,658

17,376

–

–

–

–

–

167,036

162,576

7,552

–

26,700

28,586

167,036

162,576

20,931

795

20,374

84,230

78,280

18,766

3,275

–

109,794

38,611

204,610

170,446

–

–

–

–

15,000

15,000

35,444

–

–

–

–

35,444

231,310

199,032

182,036

198,020

34,738

38,723

36,970

54,014

4,996

1,355

7,758

160

805

1,399

3,507

4,345

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

–

49,007

48,779

36,970

54,017

3,479

1,085

5

1,407

5,976

3,926

2,453

128

1,423

7,930

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

54,983

56,709

36,970

54,017

72,600

46,243

(984)

(49,513)

107,981

70,694

33,362

(1,983)

(49,969)

90,219

72,600

46,243

–

–

70,694

33,362

–

–

26,223

39,947

176,327

142,323

145,066

144,003

231,310

199,032

182,036

198,020

The financial statements on pages 113 to 157 were approved by the Board of Directors on 7 June 2016 and signed on  
its behalf by: 

Peter Cruddas, Chief Executive Officer 

Grant Foley, Chief Financial Officer & Head of Risk

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statements 
Consolidated and parent company statements of changes in equity

Consolidated and parent company statements of cash flows

For the year ended 31 March 2016

For the year ended 31 March 2016

GROUP 

£‘000

At 1 April 2014
Total comprehensive (expense) / income 

116

for the year

Share-based payments

Dividends

At 31 March 2015
New shares issued

Total comprehensive income for the year

Disposal of own shares held in trust

Share-based payments

Tax on share-based payments

Dividends

At 31 March 2016

Share 

 capital

70,694

Share 

Own shares  

premium

held in trust

33,362

(1,983)

–

–

–

–

–

–

70,694
1,906

33,362
12,881

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,983)
–

–

999

–

–

–

Other 

reserves

(49,547)

(422)

–

–

(49,969)
–

456

–

–

–

–

Retained 

earnings

Total 

 Equity

67,055

119,581

34,740

374

(11,950)

90,219
–

42,461

–

205

31

34,318

374

(11,950)

142,323
14,787

42,917

999

205

31

(24,935)

(24,935)

72,600

46,243

(984)

(49,513)

107,981

176,327

Total equity is attributable to owners of the Company

£’000

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations

Net interest income

Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

Investment in intangible assets

Purchase of financial investments

Proceeds from maturity of financial investments and coupon receipts

Investment in subsidiaries

Dividends received

COMPANY  

£‘000

At 1 April 2014
Total comprehensive expense for the year

Share-based payments

Dividends

At 31 March 2015
New shares issued

Total comprehensive income for the year

Share-based payments

Dividends

At 31 March 2016

Share  

capital

70,694
–

–

–

70,694
1,906

–

–

–

Share 

premium

33,362
–

–

–

33,362
12,881

–

–

–

Retained 

earnings

51,533
(10)

374

(11,950)

39,947
–

7,708

3,503

Total 

 Equity

155,589
(10)

374

(11,950)

144,003
14,787

7,708

3,503

(24,935)

(24,935)

72,600

46,243

26,223

145,066

Cash flows from financing activities

Repayment of borrowings

Proceeds from borrowings

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares

Disposal of own shares

Dividends paid

Finance costs

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

GROUP

COMPANY

Year ended  

Year ended  

Year ended  

Year ended  

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

Note

2016

2015

2016

2015

117

6,362

2,118

(6,471)

14,277

11,982

–

(3)

–

(4)

2,009

14,274

11,978

30

80,061

1,762

(6,872)

74,951

(2,900)

59

(1,092)

(20,633)

287

–

–

(8,584)

136

(1,866)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(4,126)

15,000

10,874

–

–

14,787

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,412)

–

14,787

999

(1,524)

4,402

-

–

(24,935)

(11,950)

(24,935)

(11,950)

(772)

(896)

–

(28)

(11,333)

(9,968)

(10,148)

(11,978)

39,339

38,611

330

78,280

(18,273)

57,801

(917)

15,000

–

–

38,611

15,000

–

–

–

–

Net cash used in investment activities

(24,279)

(10,314)

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsFinancial statements

Notes to the financial statements

1.   General information 

Corporate information

Index

1.  General information

2.  Basis of preparation

118

3.  Summary of significant accounting policies

4.  Financial risk management

5.  Segmental reporting

6. 

Interest income

7.  Other income

8.  Operating expenses

9.  Employee information

10.  Finance costs

11.  Profit before taxation

12.  Taxation

13.  Earnings per share (EPS)

14.  Dividends

15.  Intangible assets

16.  Property, plant and equipment

17.  Investment in subsidiary undertakings

18.  Trade and other receivables

19.  Financial investments

20.  Cash and cash equivalents

21.  Trade and other payables

22.  Borrowings

23.  Derivative financial instruments

24.  Provisions

25.  Deferred tax

26.  Share capital and premium

27.  Own shares held in trust

28.  Share-based payment

29.  Other reserves

30.  Cash generated from operations

31.  Operating lease commitments

32.  Retirement benefit plans

33.  Related party transactions

34.  Ultimate controlling party

CMC Markets plc (the Company) is a company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales under the Companies Act 
2006. The nature of the operations and principal activities of the CMC Markets plc and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Group”) 
are set out in note 5.

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in Sterling 
(GBP) which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentation currency. Foreign operations are included in accordance 
with the policies set out in note 3.

119

2.   Basis of preparation

Basis of accounting

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by 
the European Union (“IFRS”), IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRS IC”) interpretations as adopted by the European Union and 
the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS.

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the going concern basis, under the historical cost convention, 
except in the case of “Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss” and “Available for sale financial assets”. The 
financial information is rounded to the nearest thousand, except where otherwise indicated.

The Group principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are set out in note 3 below. 
These policies have been consistently applied to all years presented. The financial statements presented are at and for the years 
ending 31 March 2016 and 31 March 2015. Financial annual years are referred to as 2016, and 2015 in the financial statements.

Changes in accounting policy and disclosures

Application of new and revised accounting standards

The group has applied the following standards and amendments for the first time for their annual reporting period commencing 
1 April 2015: 

•  Annual Improvements to IFRSs – 2010-2012 Cycle and 2011 – 2013 Cycle. One of the annual improvements requires 

entities to disclose judgements made by management in applying the aggregation criteria set out in paragraph 12 of IFRS 8 
Operating segments. The Group has aggregated several operating segments into a single operating segment. The 
application of other amendments has had no material impact on the disclosures or amounts recognised in the Group’s 
consolidated financial statements.

New accounting standards in issue but not yet effective

At the date of authorisation of the financial statements, the following new Standards and Interpretations relevant to the Group 
were in issue but not yet effective and have not been applied to the financial statements:

•  IFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments: classification and measurement’, will replace IAS 39, ‘Financial instruments: Recognition and 
measurement.’ IFRS 9 has three measurement categories: amortised cost, fair value through profit or loss and fair value 
through other comprehensive income. All equity instruments are measured at fair value. A debt instrument is measured at 
amortised cost only if the entity is holding it to collect contractual cash flows and the cash flows represent principal and 
interest. For liabilities, the standard retains most of the IAS 39 requirements. These include amortised-cost accounting for 
most financial liabilities, with bifurcation of embedded derivatives. The main change is that, in cases where the fair value 
option is taken for financial liabilities, the part of a fair value change due to an entity’s own credit risk is recorded in other 
comprehensive income rather than the income statement. The Group is yet to assess the full impact of IFRS 9, but intends 
to adopt the Standard no later than the accounting year beginning 1 April 2018, subject to endorsement by the EU.

•  IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ deals with revenue recognition and establishes principles for reporting 
useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash 
flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers. Revenue is recognised when a customer obtains control of a good 
or service and thus has the ability to direct the use and obtain the benefits from the good or service. The standard replaces 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsIAS 18 ‘Revenue’ and IAS 11 ‘Construction contracts’ and related interpretations. The Group is yet to assess the full impact 
of IFRS 15, but intends to adopt the Standard no later than the accounting year beginning 1 April 2018, subject to 
endorsement by the EU.

•  IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ addresses the definition of a lease, recognition and measurement of leases and establishes principles for 
reporting useful information to users of financial statements about the leasing activities of both lessees and lessors. A key 
change arising from IFRS 16 is that most operating leases will be accounted for on balance sheet for lessees. The standard 
replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’, and related interpretations. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2019 and earlier application is permitted subject to EU endorsement and the entity adopting IFRS 15 ‘Revenue 
from contracts with customers’ at the same time. The Group is yet to assess the full impact of IFRS 16, but intends to adopt 
the Standard no later than the accounting year beginning 1 April 2019, subject to endorsement by the EU.

120

Basis of consolidation

The financial statements incorporate the financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are all entities 
over which the Group has control. The group controls an entity when the group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities 
of the entity. 

CMC Markets plc became the ultimate holding company of the Group under a group reorganisation in 2006. The pooling of 
interests method of accounting was applied to the Group reorganisation as it fell outside the scope of IFRS 3: Business 
Combinations. The Directors adopted the pooling of interests as they believed it best reflected the true nature of the Group. 
All other business combinations have been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting.

Under the purchase method of accounting, the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary are 
measured initially at their fair values at the date of acquisition, irrespective of the extent of any minority interest. The results of 
subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the Consolidated Income Statement from the effective date 
of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial information of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used into 
line with those adopted by the Group.

All inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated 
on consolidation. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the 
asset transferred.

3.   Summary of significant accounting policies

Total Revenue

Revenue

Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received from the provision of online financial services in the ordinary 
course of the Group’s activities, net of client rebates. Revenue is shown net of value added tax after eliminating sales within the 
Group. Revenue is recognised when it is probable that economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to the Group 
and the revenue can be reliably measured.

The Group generates revenue principally from flow management, commissions, spreads and financing income associated with 
acting as a market maker to its clients to trade contracts for difference (CFD) and financial spread betting.

121

Revenue represents profits and losses, including commissions, spreads and financing income, from client trading activity and the 
transactions undertaken to hedge these revenue flows. Gains and losses arising on the valuation of open positions to fair market 
value are recognised in revenue, as well as the gains and losses realised on positions which have closed. Revenue from the 
provision of financial information and stockbroking services to third parties is recognised at the later of the rendering of the 
service or the point at which the revenue can be reliably measured. 

Interest Income

Total revenue also includes interest earned on the Group’s own funds, clients’ funds and broker trading deposits net of interest 
payable to clients and brokers. Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the 
interest rate applicable.

Rebates and levies

Rebates payable to introducing partners, and spread betting levies are charged to the income statement when the associated 
revenue is recognised and is disclosed as a deduction from total revenue in deriving net operating income. Betting levy is 
payable on net gains generated from clients on Spread betting and the Countdowns product (a subset of binaries). This levy is 
payable on net gains generated from clients on these products.

Other income

Items of income that are material by size and/or nature and are non-business related are classified as other income on the face 
of the consolidated income statement.

Use of estimates

Segmental reporting

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a 
higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements 
are set out below:

Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide 
provision for income taxes. There are transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during 
the ordinary course of business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether 
additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were recorded, 
such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the year in which such determination is made.

Deferred taxes

The carrying amounts of deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Segment revenue

The group manages risk and hedges on a group-wide portfolio basis; as such the allocation of revenue to a segment involves the 
use of an allocation methodology. This methodology does not impact on the overall Group net operating income.

The Group’s segmental information is disclosed in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief 
operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker (CODM), who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing 
the performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the CMC Markets plc Board. Operating segments that do not 
meet the quantitative thresholds required by IFRS 8 are aggregated. The segments are subject to annual review and the 
comparatives restated to reflect any reclassifications within the segmental reporting.

Share-based payment

The Group issues equity-settled and cash-settled share-based payments to certain employees. 

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at 
date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payment is expensed on a straight-
line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, 
the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-
based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in the income statement such 
that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the retained earnings.

The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-
transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

Cash-settled share based payments are measured at expected value at vesting date at least once per year, along with the 
likelihood of meeting non-market based vesting conditions and the number of shares that are expected to vest. The cost is 
recognised in the income statement with a corresponding accrual.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsRetirement benefit costs

Foreign currencies

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan into which the Group pays fixed contributions to a third party 
pension provider and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Contributions are recognised as staff 
expenses in profit or loss in the years during which related employee services are fulfilled.

The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for its Directors and employees. The assets of the schemes are held 
separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds.

Transactions denominated in currencies, other than the functional currency, are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing 
on the date of the transaction. At each balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign 
currencies are retranslated at the rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities carried at fair 
value that are denominated in foreign currencies, are translated at the rates prevailing at the date when the fair value was 
determined. Gains and losses arising on retranslation are included in the income statement for the year, except for exchange 
differences arising on non-monetary assets and liabilities where the changes in fair value are recognised directly in equity.

122

Operating Leases

Leases in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. 
The rentals payable under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 
Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are included within deferred income and 
amortised to the income statement so as to spread the benefit on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Where a leasehold property becomes surplus to the Group’s foreseeable business requirements, provision is made for the 
expected future net cost of the property taking account of the duration of the lease and any recovery of cost achievable 
through subletting.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items are events or transactions that fall within the ordinary activities of the Group and which by virtue of their size 
or incidence have been disclosed in order to improve a reader’s understanding of the financial statements.

Taxation

The tax expense represents the sum of tax currently payable and movements in deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit before tax as reported in the 
Consolidated Income Statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years 
and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates 
and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method in respect of temporary differences arising from 
differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial information and the corresponding tax basis 
used in the computation of taxable profit. In principle, deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all temporary differences and 
deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences may be utilised. Deferred tax is calculated using tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date.

Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the goodwill or from the initial recognition 
(other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction, which affects neither the tax profit nor the 
accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the 
Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse 
in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amounts of deferred tax assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no 
longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the rates that are expected to apply when the asset or liability is settled. Deferred tax is charged or 
credited in the Consolidated Income Statement, except when it relates to items credited or charged directly to equity, in which 
case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes 
levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s overseas operations are translated at exchange rates prevailing on the 
balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates applicable to the relevant year. 
Exchange differences arising, if any, are classified as equity and transferred to the Group’s translation reserve. 

123

Such translation differences are recognised as income or expense in the year in which the operation is disposed of.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the 
foreign entity and translated at the closing rate. 

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s interest in the identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities of a subsidiary, at the date of acquisition. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries 
is included within ‘intangible assets’ at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement 
and is not subsequently reversed. On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributed amount of goodwill, which has not been subject 
to impairment, is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for purposes of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-
generating units or groups of cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination, identified 
according to business segment.

Computer software (purchased and developed)

Purchased software is recognised as an intangible asset at cost when acquired. Costs associated with maintaining computer 
software and costs directly attributable to internally developed software are recognised as an expense as incurred. 

Costs which have been recognised as an asset are amortised on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives.

Trademarks and trading licences

Trademarks and trading licences that are separately acquired are capitalised at cost and those acquired from a business 
combination are capitalised at the fair value at the date of acquisition. Amortisation is charged to the income statement on 
a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsClient relationships

Financial assets

The fair value attributable to client relationships acquired through a business combination is included as an intangible asset and 
amortised over the estimated useful life on a straight line basis. The fair value of client relations is calculated at the date of 
acquisition on the basis of the expected future cash flows to be generated from that asset. Separate values are not attributed 
to internally generated client relationships.

Regular purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on a trade date basis where the purchase or sale of an asset is 
under a contract whose terms require delivery of the asset within the timeframe established by the market concerned. Financial 
assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and 
the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

Following initial recognition, Computer software, Trademarks and trading licences and Client relationships are carried at cost or 
initial fair value less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is provided on all intangible asset at rates calculated to write-off the 
cost, less estimated residual value based on prices prevailing at the balance sheet date, of each asset on a straight-line basis over 
its expected useful life as follows:

124

Item

Amortisation Policy

Computer software (purchased or developed)

3 years or life of licence

Trademarks and trading licences

Client relationships

10 – 20 years

14 years

Useful lives are also examined on an annual basis and adjustments, where applicable, are made on a prospective basis.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment (PPE) is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised impairment loss. Cost 
includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its 
intended use. Depreciation is provided on all PPE at rates calculated to write-off the cost, less estimated residual value based on 
prices prevailing at the balance sheet date, of each asset on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life as follows:

Item

Depreciation Policy

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

Computer hardware

Leasehold Improvements

5 years

5 years

15 years

The useful lives and residual values of the assets are assessed annually and may be adjusted depending on a number of factors. 
In reassessing asset lives, factors such as technological innovation, product life cycles and maintenance programmes are taken 
into account. Residual value assessments consider issues such as future market conditions, the remaining life of the asset and 
projected disposal values. Consideration is also given to the extent of current profits and losses on the disposal of similar assets.

The gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an asset is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and 
the carrying amount of the asset and is recognised in the Consolidated Income statement.

Impairment of assets

Assets subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is 
estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any).

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less cost to sell and value-in-use. Net realisable value is the estimated amount 
at which an asset can be disposed of, less any direct selling costs. Value-in-use is the estimated discounted future cash flows 
generated from the asset’s continued use, including those from its ultimate disposal. For the purpose of assessing value in use, 
assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows.

To the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount, the asset is written down to its recoverable amount. 
For assets other than goodwill, where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is increased 
to the lower of its original carrying amount and the revised estimate of its recoverable amount.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting year. 
These are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are recognised initially at cost, being the fair value of the 
consideration together with any associated issue costs. After initial recognition, loans and receivables are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

125

The Group’s loans and receivables comprise ‘trade and other receivables’ (note 18), ‘amounts due from brokers’ and ‘cash and 
cash equivalents’ (note 20) in the statement of financial position.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives financial instruments, comprising Index, Commodities, Foreign Exchange and Treasury futures and forward foreign 
exchange contracts are classified as ‘fair value through profit or loss’ under IAS39, unless designated as hedges. Derivatives not 
designated as hedges are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, changes in fair value of such 
derivatives and gains or losses on their settlement are recognised in the income statement.

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as 
well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its 
assessment, both at hedge inception and on an on-going basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions 
are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The Group designates certain derivatives as either: 

Held for trading

Derivatives classified as held for trading are included in this category and relate to the financial derivative open positions. The 
Group uses derivative financial instruments in order to hedge derivative exposures arising from open client positions, which are 
classified as held for trading. All derivatives held for trading are carried in the statement of financial position at fair value with 
gains or losses recognised in revenue in the income statement.

Held as Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

Where a foreign currency derivative financial instrument is a formally designated hedge of a net investment in a foreign 
operation, foreign exchange differences arising on translation of the financial instrument are recognised in Net investment 
hedging reserve via other comprehensive income to the extent the hedge is effective. The Group assesses the effectiveness 
of its net investment hedges based on fair value changes of its net assets and the fair value changes of the relevant financial 
instrument. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in operating costs in the income 
statement. Accumulated gains and losses recorded in Net investment hedging reserve are recognised in operating costs in the 
income statement on disposal of the foreign operation.

Economic hedges (held as Hedges of monetary assets and liabilities, financial commitments or forecast transactions)

These are derivatives held to mitigate the foreign exchange risk on monetary assets and liabilities, financial commitments or 
forecast transactions. Where a derivative financial instrument is used as an economic hedge of the foreign exchange exposure 
of a recognised monetary asset or liability, financial commitment or forecast transaction, but does not meet the criteria to qualify 
for hedge accounting under IAS39, no hedge accounting is applied and any gain or loss resulting from changes in fair value of 
the hedging instrument is recognised in operating costs in the income statement.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsTrade receivables

Provisions

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method, less provision for impairment.

A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to 
collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. For trade receivables relating to financial information 
and stockbroking services, significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or 
financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. 
The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future 
cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate.

126

A provision is a liability of uncertain timing or amount that is recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or 
constructive) as a result of a past event where it is probable that the Group will be required to settle that obligation. Provisions 
are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date and 
are discounted to present value where the effect is material. The increase in the provision due to the unwind of the discount to 
present value over time is recognised as an interest expense.

Share capital

Ordinary and deferred shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or 
options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

127

The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the amount of the loss is recognised 
in the income statement within other operating costs. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the 
allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against other 
operating costs in the income statement.

Amounts due from brokers

All derivatives used as hedges held for trading are margin-traded. Amounts due from brokers represent funds placed with 
hedging counterparties, a proportion of which is posted to meet broker margin requirements. Assets or liabilities resulting from 
profits or losses on open positions are recognised separately as derivative financial instruments.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise current account balances, bank deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments 
with initial maturity dates of less than three months.

Client money

The Group holds money on behalf of clients in accordance with the Client Asset (CASS) rules of the Financial Conduct Authority 
and other financial markets regulators in the countries in which the Group operates. Client monies are classified as either client 
money or cash and cash equivalents in accordance with the relevant regulatory agency’s requirements. The amounts held on 
behalf of clients at the balance sheet date are stated in notes 20 and 21. Segregated client funds comprise individual client 
funds held in segregated client money accounts. Segregated client money accounts hold statutory trust status restricting the 
Group’s ability to control the monies and accordingly such amounts and are not recognised on the Group’s statement of 
financial position.

Trade payables

Trade payables are not interest-bearing and are stated at fair value on initial recognition and subsequently at amortised cost.

Borrowings

The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment. The leases where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership are classified as finance leases. These leases are capitalised at the lease’s commencement at the lower of fair value 
and present value of the minimum lease payments. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges. 
The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are included in Borrowings. The interest element is charged to the 
income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of liability 
for each period and is presented within finance costs. The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases are 
depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term.

All loans and borrowings other than finance leases are initially recognised at cost, being the fair value of the consideration 
received, net of issue costs associated with the borrowing. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Amortised cost is calculated by taking into 
account any issue costs, and any discount or premium on settlement. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement 
when the liabilities are derecognised or impaired, as well as through the amortisation process.

Own shares held in trusts

Shares held in trust by the Company for the purposes of employee share schemes are classified as a deduction from 
shareholders’ equity and are recognised at cost. No gain or loss is recognised in the income statement on the purchase, sale, 
issue or cancellation of equity shares.

Employee benefit trusts

Assets held in employee benefit trusts are recognised as assets of the Group, until these vest unconditionally to identified 
employees. A full provision is made in respect of assets held by the trust as there is an obligation to distribute these assets 
to the beneficiaries of the employee benefit trust.

The employee benefit trusts own equity shares in the Company. These investments in the Company’s own shares (‘treasury 
shares’) are held at cost and are included as a deduction from equity attributable to the Company’s equity owners until such 
time as the shares are cancelled or transferred. Where such shares are subsequently transferred, any consideration received, 
net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects are included in equity 
attributable to the Company’s equity owners.

4.   Financial risk management

The Group’s day-to-day business activities naturally expose it to strategic, financial (including credit and market) and operational 
risks. The Board accepts that it cannot place a cap or limit on all of the risks to which the Group is exposed. However, effective 
risk management ensures that risks are managed to an acceptable level. The Board is ultimately responsible for the 
implementation of an appropriate risk strategy, defining and communicating the Group’s risk appetite, the establishment and 
maintenance of effective systems and controls, and continued monitoring of the adherence to Group policies. The Group has 
adopted a standard risk process, through a five step approach to risk management: Risk Identification; Risk Assessment; Risk 
Management; Risk Reporting and Risk Monitoring. The approach to managing risk within the business is governed by the Board 
approved Risk Appetite Statement and Risk Management Framework.

The Board sets the strategy and the policies for managing these risks and delegates the monitoring and management of these 
risks to various committees including Group Risk Committee and Risk Management Committee.

The Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) is prepared under the requirements set out in the Prudential 
Regulation Authority (PRA) Rulebook in accordance with CRD IV1. A key purpose of an ICAAP is to inform a firm’s board of the 
ongoing assessment of the firm’s risks, how the firm intends to mitigate those risks, and how much current and future capital is 
necessary, having considered potential stresses as well as mitigating factors.

Financial risks arising from financial instruments are categorised into market, credit and liquidity risks which, together with how 
the Group categorises and manages these risks, are described below.

Market risk

Market risk is defined as the risk that the value of our residual portfolio will decrease due to the change in market risk factors. 
The three standard market risk factors are price moves, interest rates and foreign exchange rates.

Market price risk

This is the risk that the fair value of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in market prices other than due to 
currency or interest rate risk.

1 The Capital Requirements Directive (2013/36/EU) (CRD) and the Capital Requirements Regulation (575/2013) (CRR), called ‘CRD IV’.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsMitigation of market risk

The Group benefits from a number of factors which also reduce the volatility of its revenue and protect it from market shocks 
as follows:

Overall client exposures can vary significantly over a short period of time and are highly dependent on underlying market 
conditions. Under the residual risk flow model the Group’s OFR has fallen against the prior years and remains well within the 
Board-approved risk appetite.

•  Natural mitigation of concentration

The Group acts as a market maker in over 10,000 cross asset instruments, specifically equities, equity indices, commodities, 
treasuries and foreign exchange as well as forwards on commodities, treasuries equity indices and FX. Because of the high level 
of notional turnover there is a high level of internal crossing and natural hedging across instruments and asset classes to mitigate 
significant single instrument concentration risk within the portfolio.

128

•  Natural aggregation

In the year ended 31 March 2016, the Group traded with over 57,000 clients. This large international client base has a diverse 
range of trading strategies resulting in the Group enjoying a high degree of natural hedging between clients. This ‘portfolio 
effect’ leads to a significant reduction in the Group’s net market risk exposure.

•  Ease of hedging

The Group predominantly acts as a market maker in linear, highly liquid financial instruments in which it can easily neutralise 
market risk exposure through its prime broker (PB) arrangements. In order to avoid over-reliance on one arrangement the Group 
has seven PB relationships. For instruments where there is no equivalent underlying market (e.g. Countdowns) the Group 
controls its risk through setting low position/exposure limits. This is further augmented by dealer monitoring and intervention, 
which can take the form of restricting the size offered or, if deemed necessary, restricting the clients’ ability to take a position in 
an instrument. 

Market risk limits

Market risk positions are managed in accordance with the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement and Group Risk Management 
Framework to ensure that the Group has sufficient capital resources to support the calculated Market Risk Capital Requirement 
as well as staying within the Risk Appetite. The Group manages this crucial component under notional position limits that are set 
on an instrument as well as asset class level with overarching capital based limits.

GROUP OFR 

£‘000

Asset class

Consolidated equities

Commodities

Treasuries

Foreign exchange

Interest rate risk

Countdowns

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

129

4,838

1,838

590

1,862

585

1

9,714

5,707

2,692

1,656

2,464

403

–

12,922

Market price risk – stress testing

Group Financial Risk conducts market price risk stress testing on a daily basis. The approach to this stress testing is tailored to 
the asset class and the client behaviours seen, for example longer holding periods on Equities versus shorter on the Foreign 
Exchange asset class. This then leads to the most suitable stress testing models to be used, be it based on intraday movements 
or end of day positions and severe market movements based on historic volatility or CVar/ETL. It should be noted that the 
Group not only runs likely and probable scenarios but also extreme case stress scenarios, again on a daily basis, where the stress 
factors simulate almost black swan type events to ensure we maintain capital adequacy even under very unlikely events. 

None of the stress tests run through the year implied any significant risk to the capital adequacy nor ongoing profitability of the 
Group.

Non trading book interest-rate risk

Interest rate risk arises from either less interest being earned or more being paid on interest bearing assets and liabilities due 
to a change in the relevant floating rate.

Interest rate risk is felt by the Group through a limited number of channels, income on segregated client and own funds and 
debits on client balances that are over a pre-defined threshold.

The sensitivity analysis performed is based on a reasonable and possible move in the floating rate by 0.5% upwards and 0.25% 
downwards. This is in line with the movement used for the year ended 31 March 2015. 

This is summarised in the below table, and reflects the Group’s view that in the current economic environment, interest rate 
volatility is unlikely to have a significant impact on the profits of the Group. 

GROUP 

31 March 2016 

£‘000

Impact of

Profit after tax

Equity

GROUP 

31 March 2015 

£‘000

Impact of

Profit after tax

Equity

Absolute 

increase

Absolute 

decrease

0.50% change

0.25% change

731

731

(512)

(512)

Absolute 

increase

Absolute 

decrease

0.50% change

0.25% change

697

697

(278)

(278)

Non trading book foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is the risk that the Group’s results are impacted by movements in foreign exchange rates.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsCMC feels foreign exchange risk in the form of transaction and translation exposure. 

Transaction exposure is from holdings of cash and other current assets and liabilities in a currency other than the base currency 
of the entity. This risk is hedged each month by the Liquidity Risk Management team according to a policy based on a cap and 
floor model, with gains/losses recognised in the income statement. Any foreign exchange exposures are hedged in accordance 
with Group Foreign Exchange Hedging Policy. Given the effectiveness of the hedging program (income statement impact in year 
ended 31 March 2016: £267,000 loss, Year ended 31 March 2015: £374,000 gain), no sensitivity analysis has been performed. 
These ‘fair value hedges’ are derivative financial instruments and are reported as described in note 3.

130

Translation exposure occurs when the net assets of an entity are denominated in a foreign currency other than GBP, when the 
consolidated statement of financial position is prepared. The Group hedges this exposure by using FX forwards. These ‘Net 
Investment Hedges’ are derivative financial instruments and are reported as described in note 3. The unhedged portion does not 
pose a significant risk to the capital adequacy or to the ongoing profitability of the Group.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a transaction will cause the Group financial loss by failing to fulfill a contractual 
obligation. Below are the channels of credit risk the Group is exposed through:

•  Credit institution (CI);

•  Client.

Credit Institution credit risk

The Group has relationships with a number of counterparties that provide prime brokerage and/or banking services (e.g. cash 
accounts, foreign exchange trading, credit facilities etc.). All these market counterparties can be described as Credit Institutions 
(CIs) as defined by Article 4 ‘Definitions’ in the CRR (‘credit institution’ is defined as an undertaking the business of which is to 
take deposits or other repayable funds from the public and to grant credits for its own account).

Credit Institution credit risk can therefore be defined as the risk that a CI will default on their contractual obligation to the 
Group resulting in a loss to the Group.

The above could be felt in two ways:

•  For CIs used as a bank and those as a broker, the Group does not receive the funds the CI holds back;

•  For the CIs used as broker, the default causes the need to re-hedge at a different broker at a different price. 

Mitigation of Credit Institution credit risk

To mitigate or avoid a credit loss1:

•  The Group maintains, where practical, a range of relationships to reduce over-reliance on a single CI – as detailed in the 

Group Counterparty Concentration Risk Policy.

•  The Group monitors the credit worthiness of the credit institution and reviews counterparties at least annually – as detailed 

in the Group Hedge Counterparty Selection Policy. 

Liquidity Risk Management monitor the credit quality of all its CIs, by tracking the credit ratings issued by Moody’s, Standard & 
Poor’s and Fitch rating agencies and the CDS (Credit Default Swap) spreads determined in the CDS market. Ratings, rating 
outlooks and CDS spreads are reported to senior management on a weekly basis with any changes highlighted. 

1 Contractual losses can be reduced by the ‘close-out netting’ conditions in the ISDA and broker agreements. If a specified event of default occurs, all transactions or all 
of a given type are terminated and netted (i.e. set off against each other) at market value or, if otherwise specified in the contract or if it is not possible to obtain a market 
value, at an amount equal to the loss suffered by the non-defaulting party in replacing the relevant contract.

No quantitative credit rating limits are set by the Group that CIs must exceed because the choice of suitable CIs is finite and 
therefore setting minimum rating limits could lead to the possibility that no CIs are able to meet them. As an alternative, the 
Group reviews negative rating action and large CDS spread widening to CIs on a case by case basis. However, all CIs are of 
investment grade quality and that negative rating action on CIs rated below A3/A-/A- (by Moody’s, S&P and Fitch respectively) 
would be escalated directly to the Chief Financial Officer & Head of Risk in the first instance to decide if any management actions 
were required. Possible actions by the Firm to reduce exposure to CIs depend on the nature of the relationship and the practical 
availability of substitute CIs. Possible actions include the withdrawal of cash balances from a CI on a daily basis, switching a 
proportion of hedge trading to another prime broker CI or ceasing all commercial activity with the CI.

The tables below present CMC Markets’ exposure to credit institutions based on their long-term credit rating.

131

GROUP 

31 March 2016 

£‘000

AA+ to AA-

A+ to A-

BBB+ to BBB-

Unrated

GROUP 

31 March 2015 

£‘000

AA+ to AA-

A+ to A-

BBB+ to BBB-

Unrated

Cash and cash 

Amounts due 

financial 

equivalents

from brokers

instruments 

Net Derivative 

20,804

5,748

51,727

1

78,280

–

12,578

71,652

–

84,230

–

139

(4,340)

–

(4,201)

Cash and cash 

Amounts due 

financial 

equivalents

from brokers

instruments 

Net Derivative 

19,216

11,300

7,067

1,028

38,611

–

73,694

36,100

–

109,794

–

–

2,470

–

2,470

Total

20,804

18,465

119,039

1

158,309

Total

19,216

84,994

45,637

1,028

150,875

No cash balances or deposits with institutions were considered past due but not impaired or impaired (Year ended 31 March 
2015: £nil).

Client credit risk

The Group operates a real-time mark-to-market leveraged trading facility where clients are required to lodge collateral against 
positions, any profits and losses generated by the client are credited and debited automatically to their account. As with any 
leveraged product offering, there is the potential for a client to lose more than the collateral lodged.

Client counterparty risk captures the risk associated with a client defaulting on their obligations due to the Group. As the Group 
does not offer most of its retail clients credit terms and has a robust liquidation process, client counterparty credit risk will in 
general only arise when markets and instruments gap and the movement in the value of a clients leveraged portfolio exceeds the 
value of equity that the client has held at the Group leaving the client account in deficit.

Mitigation of client credit risk

•  Liquidation process

This is the process of closing a client’s open position if the total equity is not enough to cover a predefined percentage 
of required margin for the portfolio held.

The Group has a fully automated liquidation process on the Next Generation platform and the semi-automated liquidation order 
management process on Marketmaker. These processes ensure a consistent and timely approach to the processing of liquidation 
orders and ultimately aims to minimise client credit risk exposure through protecting the client from becoming a debtor.

Pre-emptive processes are also in place where a clients’ free equity (total equity less total margin requirement) becomes 
negative. At this point the client is requested to deposit additional funds and is restricted from increasing their position.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statements•  Tiered margin

Debt ageing analysis

Tiered margin was implemented in September 2013 on the Next Generation platform. It enables the Group to set higher margin 
rates (therefore requiring a client to lodge more collateral) against positions that are deemed to be more risky due to risk profile, 
which could be due to size relative to the underlying’s turnover, the Group’s risk appetite or volatility of the instrument.

The Group works efficiently to minimise the effects of client debts on the Company’s profit and loss. Client debts are managed 
very early in their life cycle in order to minimise the likelihood of them becoming doubtful debts or of being written off. There are no 
debts past due which have not been impaired. The following table sets out ageing of debts that are past due and the provisions 
charged against them:

•  Position limits

132

Position limits can be implemented on an instrument and client level on the Next Generation platform. The instrument level 
enables the Group to control the total exposure the Group acquires in a single instrument. At a client level this ensures that the 
client can only reach a pre-defined size in any one instrument. 

Client Credit Risk Stress Testing

The Group uses the same volatility stress factors as for price risk to stress the client portfolio and assesses the client’s total 
equity post adverse price movement. 

None of the stress tests run through the year implied any significant risk to the capital adequacy or to the ongoing profitability 
of the Group.

Client debt history

For the year ended 31 March 2016, new debt arising was £5,240,000 (Year ended 31 March 2015: £6,597,000). This 
constituted 2.8% of total revenue (Year ended 31 March 2015: 4.0%). 

The Group establishes specific provisions against debts due from clients where the Group determines that it is probable that it 
will be unable to collect all amounts owed in accordance with contractual terms of the clients agreement. Net debt provided for 
in the year ended 31 March 2016 amounted to £2,384,000 (Year ended 31 March 2015: £4,335,000), the provision 
representing 1.3% of total revenue (Year ended 31 March 2015: 2.6%). Bad debt written off during the year ended 31 March 
2016 was £4,279,000 or 2.3% of revenue (Year ended 31 March 2015: £401,000; 0.2% of revenue). 

The table below details the movement on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables:

GROUP 

£‘000

Opening provision

Net debt provided

Debt written off

Closing provision

31 March 

31 March 

2016

5,885

2,384

(4,279)

3,990

2015

1,951

4,335

(401)

5,885

The Debt provided during the year ended 31 March 2015 also includes an amount of £3,850,000 of exceptional bad 
debt provisions.

GROUP 

31 March 2016 

£‘000

Less than one month

One to three months

Three to 12 months

Over 12 months

GROUP 

31 March 2015 

£‘000

Less than one month

One to three months

Three to 12 months

Over 12 months

Liquidity risk

Debt

14

288

1,654

2,510

4,466

Debt

117

4,223

391

1,872

6,603

Provision

133

1

150

1,642

2,197

3,990

Provision

25

3,601

387

1,872

5,885

Liquidity risk is the risk that there is insufficient available liquidity to meet the liabilities of the Group as they fall due.

Liquidity is managed centrally for the Group by the Liquidity Risk Management team. Utilising a combination of liquidity 
forecasting and stress testing (formally documented in the Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment (‘ILAA’)) to ensure that the 
Group retains access to sufficient liquidity resources in both normal and stressed conditions to meets its liabilities as they fall 
due. Liquidity forecasting fully incorporates the impact of liquidity regulations in force in each jurisdiction and other impediments 
to the free movement of liquidity around the Group, including its own policies on minimum liquidity to be retained by trading 
entities. 

Stress testing is undertaken on a quarterly basis upon a range of individual and combined, firm specific and market wide, short 
and medium term scenarios that represent plausible but severe stress events to ensure the Group has appropriate sources of 
liquidity in place to meet such events. 

Due to the risk management strategy adopted and the changeable scale of the client trading book, the largest and most variable 
consumer of liquidity is broker counterparty margin requirements. The collateral calls are met in cash from own funds but to ensure 
liquidity is available for extreme spikes the Group has arranged a committed bank facility of £40.0 million to meet short term 
liquidity obligations to broker counterparties in the event that it does not have sufficient access to own cash or funds from clients 
and to leave a sufficient liquidity buffer to cope with a stress event.

The Group does not engage in maturity transformation as part of its underlying business and therefore maturity mismatch 
of assets and liabilities does not represent a liquidity risk to the Group.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsOwn Funds

Own funds is a key measure the Group uses to monitor the overall level of liquidity available to the Group. Own funds includes 
investments in the UK government bonds which are held to meet the Group’s liquid asset buffer (LAB – as agreed with FCA). These 
UK government bonds are BIPRU 12.7 eligible to meet liabilities which fall due in periods of stress. The derivation of own funds is 
shown in the table below:

134

GROUP 

£‘000

Cash and cash equivalents

Amount due from brokers

Financial investments

Derivative financial instruments (Current Assets)

Less: Title transfer funds

Less: Derivative financial instruments (Current Liabilities)

Own Funds

31 March 

31 March 

2016

78,280

84,230

20,374

795

183,679
(2,245)

(4,996)

176,438

2015

38,611

109,794

–

3,275

151,680
(7,803)

(805)

143,072

The following Own Funds Flow Statement summarises the Group’s generation of own funds during each year and excludes 
all cash flows in relation to monies held on behalf of clients. Additionally, short term financial investments, amounts due from 
brokers and amounts receivable / (payable) on the derivative financial instruments have been included within ‘own funds’ 
in order to provide a clear presentation of the Group’s potential cash resources.

GROUP 

£‘000

Operating activities

Profit before tax
Adjustments for:

Finance costs

Depreciation and amortisation

Other non-cash adjustments

Tax paid

Own funds generated from operating activities

Movement in working capital

Inflow / (Outflow) from investing activities
Net Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

(Outflow) / Inflow from financing activities
Interest paid

Dividends paid

Other (Outflow) / Inflow from financing activities

Total Outflow from investing and financing activities

Increase in own funds
Own funds at the beginning of the year

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Own funds at the end of the year

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

53,376

43,510

772

6,057

209

(6,872)

53,542

(5,240)

(3,933)

14,787

(772)

(24,935)

(413)

(15,266)

33,036
143,072

330

896

6,934

374

(6,471)

45,243

4,057

(10,314)

–

(896)

(11,950)

2,878

(20,282)

29,018
114,971

(917)

176,438

143,072

Maturity analysis

GROUP 

31 March 2016 

£‘000

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial investments

Amounts due from brokers

Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Borrowings

Finance lease liabilities

Net liquidity gap

GROUP 

31 March 2015 

£‘000

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Amounts due from brokers

Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other receivables

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables

Derivative financial instruments

Borrowings

Finance lease liabilities

Net liquidity gap

Less than 

Three 

three 

months to 

After  

On demand

months

one year

one year

Total

135

75,577

–

84,230

–

12,124

171,931

(33,127)

–

–

–

(33,127)

138,804

–

–

–

795

208

2,703

20,044

–

–

625

1,003

23,372

–

(4,996)

(5)

(353)

(5,354)

(4,351)

–

–

(17)

(1,088)

(1,105)

22,267

–

–

–

–

277

277

–

–

(55)

(1,079)

(1,134)

(857)

78,280

20,044

84,230

795

13,234

196,583

(33,127)

(4,996)

(77)

(2,520)

(40,720)

155,863

Less than 

Three 

three 

months to 

After  

On demand

months

one year

one year

Total

38,611

109,794

–

15,134

163,539

(37,415)

–

–

–

(37,415)

126,124

–

–

3,275

–

3,275

–

(805)

(5)

(392)

(1,202)

2,073

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(17)

(1,181)

(1,198)

(1,198)

(77)

(2,538)

(2,615)

(2,615)

38,611

109,794

3,275

15,134

166,814

(37,415)

(805)

(99)

(4,111)

(42,430)

124,384

Analysis of financial instruments by category

Financial assets and liabilities as determined by IAS 39, ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, are 
categorised as follows:

GROUP 

31 March 2016 

£‘000

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial investments

Amounts due from brokers

Derivative Financial instruments

Trade and other receivables

Assets at 

 FVOCI 

Assets at 

 FVPL

Derivatives  

held for  

hedging

Financial  

assets at 

amortised cost

Total

–

20,374

–

–

–

20,374

–

–

–

795

–

795

–

–

–

–

–

–

78,280

–

84,230

–

13,234

175,744

78,280

20,374

84,230

795

13,234

196,913

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsFinancial liabilities
Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

Derivative Financial instruments

Borrowings

Finance lease liabilities

136

GROUP 

31 March 2015 

£‘000

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Amounts due from brokers

Derivative financial instruments

Trade and other receivables

Liabilities at 

FVPL

Derivatives 

 held for 

 hedging

Loans and 

receivables

–

(3,446)

–

–

–

(1,550)

–

–

(3,446)

(1,550)

(37,182)

–

(77)

(2,363)

(39,622)

Assets at 

 FVPL

Derivatives  

held for  

hedging

–

–

3,016

–

3,016

–

–

259

–

259

Loans and 

receivables

38,611

109,794

–

15,134

163,539

Total

(37,182)

(4,996)

(77)

(2,363)

(44,618)

Total

38,611

109,794

3,275

15,134

166,814

GROUP 

31 March 2015 

£‘000

Derivative financial instruments (Current Assets)

Derivative financial instruments (Current Liabilities)

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

–

–

–

3,275

(805)

2,470

–

–

–

Total

3,275

(805)

2,470

Capital management

The Group’s objectives for managing capital are as follows:

137

•  to comply with the capital requirements set by the financial market regulators to which the Group is subject;

•  to ensure that all Group entities are able to operate as going concerns and satisfy any minimum externally imposed capital 

requirements; and

•  to ensure that the Group maintains a strong capital base to support the development of its business.

The capital resources of the Group consists of equity being share capital reduced by own shares held in trust, share premium, 
other reserves and retained earnings, which at 31 March 2016 totalled £176,327,000 (31 March 2015: £142,323,000).

The Group is supervised on a consolidated basis by the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (FCA).

Liabilities at 

 held for 

liabilities at 

Derivatives 

Financial 

FVPL

 hedging

amortised cost

Total

The Group’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), prepared under the requirements of the FCA and the 
Capital Requirements Directive, is an on-going assessment of CMC Markets’ risks and risk mitigation strategies, to ensure that 
adequate capital is maintained against risks that the Group wishes to take to achieve its business objectives.

Financial liabilities
Trade and other payables excluding non-financial liabilities

Derivative Financial instruments

Borrowings

Finance lease liabilities

–

(775)

–

–

(775)

–

(30)

–

–

(30)

(41,790)

–

(99)

(3,753)

(45,642)

(41,790)

(805)

(99)

(3,753)

(46,447)

Fair value estimation

The Group’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value are derivative financial instruments. The table below categorises 
those financial instruments measured at fair value based on the following fair value measurement hierarchy:

•  Level 1 – quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•  Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly 

(that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices); or

•  Level 3 – inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).

GROUP 

31 March 2016 

£‘000

Financial investments

Derivative financial instruments (Current Assets)

Derivative financial instruments (Current Liabilities)

Level 1

20,374

–

–

20,374

Level 2

Level 3

–

795

(4,996)

(4,201)

–

–

–

–

Total

20,374

795

(4,996)

16,173

The outcome of the ICAAP is presented as an Internal Capital Assessment (ICAAP) document covering the Group. It is reviewed 
and approved by the Board on an annual basis.

Further information on the Group’s management of regulatory capital is provided in the ‘Pillar 3 Disclosure’ report, which is 
available on the CMC Markets plc website (www.cmcmarkets.com/group). The Group’s country-by-country reporting disclosure 
is also available in the same location on the website.

5.   Segmental reporting

The Group’s principal business is online retail financial services and provides its clients with the ability to trade contracts for 
difference (CFD) and financial spread betting on a range of underlying shares, indices, foreign currencies, commodities and 
treasuries. The Group also makes these services available to institutional partners through white label and introducing broker 
arrangements. The Group’s CFDs are traded worldwide; spread betting only in UK and Ireland and the Group provides 
stockbroking services only in Australia. The Group’s core business is generally managed on a geographical basis and for 
management purposes, the Group is organised into three segments: 

•  UK and Ireland (UK & IE);

•  Europe;

•  Australia, New Zealand and Singapore (APAC) and Canada.

Revenues and costs are allocated to the segments that originated the transaction. Costs generated centrally are allocated 
to segments on an equitable basis, mainly based on revenue, headcount or active client levels.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statements138

GROUP 

Year ended 31 March 2016 

£‘000

Segment revenue net of rebates and levies

Interest income

Net operating income
Other income

Segment operating expenses

Segment EBITDA
Allocation of central operating expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Allocation of central depreciation 

and amortisation

Operating profit
Finance costs

Allocation of central finance costs

Profit before taxation

GROUP 

Year ended 31 March 2015 

£‘000

Segment revenue net of rebates and levies

Interest income

Net operating income
Other income

Segment operating expenses

Segment EBITDA
Allocation of central operating expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Allocation of central depreciation 

and amortisation

Operating profit
Finance costs

Allocation of central finance costs

Profit before taxation

UK & IE

63,153

286

63,439
3,135

(12,879)

53,695
(26,430)

(953)

(1,309)

25,003
(44)

(268)

24,691

UK & IE

48,699

359 

49,058 
–

(10,865)

38,193 
(19,145)

(1,369)

(1,476)

16,203 
–

(305)

15,898 

Europe

48,483

–

48,483
–

(11,424)

37,059
(26,727)

(164)

(1,625)

8,543
–

(231)

8,312

Europe

45,090

–

45,090
–

(10,592)

34,498
(17,440)

(145)

(1,762)

15,151
(14)

(295)

14,842

APAC & 

Canada

55,949

1,476

57,425
–

(10,117)

47,308
(24,700)

(297)

(1,709)

20,602
–

(229)

20,373

APAC & 

Canada

47,745

1,759 

49,504 
–

(11,034)

38,470 
(23,236)

(335)

(1,847)

13,052 
–

(282)

12,770 

Central

–

–

–
–

(77,857)

(77,857)
77,857

(4,643)

4,643

–
(728)

728

–

Central

–

–

–
–

(59,821)

(59,821) 
59,821

(5,085)

5,085

–
(882)

882

–

Total

167,585

1,762

169,347
3,135

(112,277)

60,205
–

(6,057)

–

54,148
(772)

–

53,376

Total

141,534

2,118 

143,652 
–

(92,312)

51,340 
–

(6,934)

–

44,406
(896)

–

43,510

The measurement of net operating income for segmental analysis is consistent with that in the income statement.

The Group uses ‘EBITDA’ to assess the financial performance of each segment. EBITDA comprises operating profit for the year 
before interest expense, taxation, depreciation of property, plant and equipment and amortisation and impairment of intangibles. 

6.   Interest income

GROUP 

£‘000

Bank and broker interest

Interest from clients

Interest on financial investments

Total

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

1,587

151

24

1,762

2015

1,984

134

–

2,118

The Group earns interest income from its own corporate funds and from segregated client funds.

7.   Other income

Exceptional income

As a result of their materiality the directors decided to disclose certain amounts separately in order to present results which are 
not distorted by significant non-recurring events.

GROUP 

£‘000

Litigation settlement

Total

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

3,135

3,135

2015

–

–

139

In October 2015 the Group settled a dispute with a number of its former clients. The total settlement amount was £3,135,000 
due to be paid to the Group over a two year period to 30 September 2017. This has been treated as exceptional income. As at 
31 March 2016 £2,025,000 had been received.

8.   Operating expenses

GROUP 

£‘000

Net staff costs (note 9)

IT costs

Sales and marketing

Premises

Legal and Professional fees

Regulatory fees

Other

Total operating expenses before exceptional costs
Exceptional costs

Total operating expenses

Exceptional costs

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

46,113

12,698

18,298

4,795

3,630

2,673

11,972

100,179
12,098

112,277

2015

40,722

11,398

13,652

5,594

2,925

2,078

7,509

83,878
8,434

92,312

As a result of their materiality the directors decided to disclose certain amounts separately in order to present results which are 
not distorted by significant non-recurring events.

GROUP 

£‘000

Litigation settlement and associated costs

Bad debt provisions and write offs

Listing costs

Share based payments (including social security) to directors and employees

Exceptional costs

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

–

–

5,884

6,214

12,098

2015

4,584

3,850

–

–

8,434

During the year ended 31 March 2015 the Group received a claim against one of its subsidiaries relating to losses on a CFD 
trading account over a period in 2007. A settlement was reached in March 2015. The settlement and associated costs amounted 
to £4,584,000 during that year.

On 15 January 2015 the Swiss National Bank (SNB) made the unprecedented decision to discontinue its support of the Swiss 
Franc/Euro peg. Following this decision the Swiss Franc appreciated by over 30 per cent in a matter of minutes. The Debt 
provisions and write-offs during the year ended 31 March 2015 relating to this event amounted to £3,850,000.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsOn 5 February 2016 the Company’s ordinary shares were listed on the London Stock Exchange. Total listing costs during the 
year ended 31 March 2016 amounted to £6,418,000. A total of £534,000 of these costs have been recognised directly in 
equity as they are costs that relate to the issue of new shares, £5,884,000 have been recognised as exceptional costs.

Share based payments including social security to directors and employees relates to the listing event triggered both the 
settlement of existing share option schemes and the award of new shares to certain directors and employees amounting to 
£6,214,000. The social security element amounts to £787,000.

9.   Employee information

140

The aggregate employment costs of staff and Directors were:

GROUP 

£‘000

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share based payments

Total director and employee costs
Contract staff costs

Net staff costs

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

36,855

5,291

1,145

1,059

44,350
1,763

46,113

2015

32,107

4,951

1,031

951

39,040
1,682

40,722

Compensation of key management personnel is disclosed in note 33.

The monthly average number of Directors and employees of the Group during the year is set out below:

GROUP 

Number

By activity:

Key management

Client acquisition and maintenance

IT development and support

Global support functions

Total directors and employees
Contract staff

Total staff

10.  Finance costs

GROUP 

£‘000

Interest and fees on bank borrowings

Other finance costs

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

6

245

123

147

521
18

539

 5 

213

106

133

457
16

473

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

583

189

772

2015

693

203

896

11.  Profit before taxation

GROUP 

£‘000

Profit before tax is stated after charging / (crediting):

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangible assets

Net foreign exchange loss / (gain)

Operating lease rentals

Auditors’ remuneration for audit and other services (see below)

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP were as follows:

GROUP 

£‘000

Audit services
Statutory audit of Parent and consolidation

Statutory audit of subsidiaries

Other services
Tax compliance services

Other assurance services

Total

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

3,951

2,106

477

2,065

2,665

4,697

2,237

(608)

2,717

867

141

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

348

269

617

349

1,699

2,048

2,665

322

263

585

245

37

282

867

The Company incurred expenses of £1,699,000 during the year ended 31 March 2016 (Year ended 31 March 2015:£nil) 
payable to the Company’s auditors relating to the Company’s listing on the London Stock Exchange. These costs were treated as 
Exceptional costs in the year ended 31 March 2016 as they relate to listing costs and considered to be one-off in nature.

12.  Taxation

GROUP 

£‘000

Analysis of charge for the year:
Current tax

Current tax on profit for the year

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total current tax

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Impact of change in tax rate

Total deferred tax

Tax charge

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

10,769

354

11,123

77

(436)

151

(208)

10,915

9,165

(76)

9,089

(944)

625

–

(319)

8,770

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsThe standard rate of UK corporation tax changed from 21% to 20% with effect from 1 April 2015. Taxation outside the UK is 
calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective jurisdictions. The effective tax rate of 20.45% (Year ended 31 March 2015: 
20.16%) differs from the standard rate of UK corporation tax rate of 20% (Year ended 31 March 2015: 21%). The differences 
are explained below:

GROUP 

£‘000

142

Profit before taxation

Profit multiplied by the standard rate of corp. tax in the UK of 20% (31 March 2015: 21%)

Adjustment in respect of foreign tax rates

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Impact of change in tax rate

Effect of research and development tax credits

Expenses not deductable for tax purposes

Income not subject to tax

Irrecoverable foreign tax

Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses

Other differences

Tax charge 

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

53,376

10,675

469

(82)

151

(41)

1,440

(47)

214

(1,816)

(48)

10,915

2015

43,510

9,137

586

549

–

195

230

(12)

(8)

(1,888)

(19)

8,770

For the year ended 31 March 2016, the tax effect of exceptional costs that were not recognised for tax purposes was 
£1,177,000 (Year ended 31 March 2015: £nil).

GROUP 

£‘000

Tax charge relating to components of other comprehensive income
Tax on loss on net investment hedges

Tax on items recognised directly in Equity
Tax on Share based payments

13.  Earnings per share (EPS)

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

–

31

664

–

Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to the equity owners of the Company by the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares in issue during the year excluding those held in employee share trusts which are treated as cancelled.

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue, excluding those held in employee share 
trusts, is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, which consists of share options granted to 
employees during the year ended 31 March 2016. 

GROUP 

£‘000

Earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders (£ '000)

Weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of basic earnings per share ('000)

Dilutive effect of share options ('000)

Weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share (‘000)

Basic earnings per share (p)

Diluted earnings per share (p)

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

42,461

281,189

1,206

282,395

15.1

15.0

2015

34,740

279,229

928

280,157

12.4

12.4

For the year ended 31 March 2016, £1,206,000 (Year ended 31 March 2015: 928,000) potentially dilutive weighted average 
ordinary shares in respect of share options in issue were included in the calculation of diluted EPS. 

14.  Dividends

GROUP 

£‘000

Declared and paid in each year
Final dividend for 2015 at 3.57p per share (2014: 2.14p)

Interim dividend for 2016 at 3.57p per share (2015: 2.14p)

Special dividend for 2016 at 1.79p per share (2015: Nil)

Total

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

9,968

9,978

4,989

5,975

5,975

–

24,935

11,950

143

The final dividend for 2016 of 5.36p per share, amounting to £15,392,000 was proposed by the board on 7 June 2016 and has not 
been included as a liability at 31 March 2016. The dividend will be paid on 29 September 2016, following approval at the 
Company’s AGM, to those members on the register at the close of business on 9 September 2016.

The dividends paid or declared in relation to the financial year are set out below:

GROUP 

£‘000

Declared per share
Interim dividend

Special dividend

Final dividend

Total dividend

15.  Intangible assets

GROUP 

£ ‘000

Cost
At 1 April 2014

Additions 

Disposals

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2015

Additions

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2016

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 April 2014

Charge for the year

Disposals

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2015

Charge for the year

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2016

Carrying amount
At 1 April 2014

At 31 March 2015

At 31 March 2016

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

3.57p

1.79p

5.36p

10.72p

2.14p

–

3.57p

5.71p

Trademarks 

Computer 

and trading 

Client  

Goodwill

software

licences

relationships

Total

11,500

–

–

–

114,459

1,866

–

(1,574)

11,500

114,751

–

–

1,092

739

2,991

–

(1,600)

(89)

1,302

–

50

11,500

116,582

1,352

3,921

–

(900)

(232)

2,789

–

109

2,898

132,871

1,866

(2,500)

(1,895)

130,342

1,092

898

132,332

(11,500)

(111,548)

(2,594)

(3,138)

(128,780)

–

–

–

(1,866)

–

1,573

(11,500)

(111,841)

–

–

(1,845)

(737)

(11,500)

(114,423)

–

–

–

2,911

2,910

2,159

(46)

1,600

255

(785)

(45)

(32)

(862)

397

517

490

(325)

900

5

(2,237)

2,500

1,833

(2,558)

(126,684)

(216)

(124)

(2,106)

(893)

(2,898)

(129,683)

783

231

–

4,091

3,658

2,649

Computer software includes capitalised development costs of £26,487,000 relating to the Group’s Next Generation trading 
platform with carrying amount of £nil at 31 March 2016. (Carrying amount at 31 March 2015: £44,000).

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsImpairment

Goodwill

During the year ended 31 March 2009, impairment tests carried out resulted in the carrying value of goodwill being fully written 
down to £nil. There have been no subsequent acquisitions therefore no additional goodwill has been recognised.

Other intangibles

Other intangibles are tested for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset 
may not be recoverable. There was no impairment identified in the year ended 31 March 2016 (Year ended 31 March 2015: £nil).

144

At 31 March 2016, the Group had no material capital commitments in respect of intangible assets (At 31 March 2015: £nil).

17.  Investment in subsidiary undertakings

COMPANY 

£ ‘000

At 1 April

Capital contribution relating to share based payments

Investment

Impairment

At 31 March

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

162,576

162,576

1,732

4,126

168,434

(1,398)

167,036

–

–

162,576

–

145

162,576

16.  Property, plant and equipment

The list below includes all of the Group’s direct and indirect subsidiaries as at 31 March 2016:

GROUP 

£ ‘000

Cost
At 1 April 2014

Additions 

Disposals 

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2015

Additions

Disposals

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2016

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 April 2014

Charge for the year

Disposals 

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2015

Charge for the year

Disposals

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2016

Carrying amount
At 1 April 2014

At 31 March 2015

At 31 March 2016

Furniture, 

Leasehold 

fixtures and 

Computer 

improvements

equipment

hardware

Total

13,046

1,430

–

(135)

14,341

147

(274)

28

8,408

454

(169)

(252)

8,441

760

–

199

20,443

6,700

(321)

(245)

26,577

1,993

(92)

122

14,242

9,400

28,600

(3,914)

(1,436)

–

94

(5,256)

(1,038)

215

(22)

(7,158)

(734)

46

210

(7,636)

(455)

–

(140)

(17,092)

(2,527)

308

220

(19,091)

(2,458)

92

(103)

41,897

8,584

(490)

(632)

49,359

2,900

(366)

349

52,242

(28,164)

(4,697)

354

524

(31,983)

(3,951)

307

(265)

(6,101)

(8,231)

(21,560)

(35,892)

9,132

9,085

8,141

1,250

805

1,169

3,351

7,486

7,040

13,733

17,376

16,350

At 31 March 2016, the Group had no material capital commitments in respect of property, plant and equipment  
(31 March 2015: £nil). 

The net book value amount of property, plant and equipment includes £3,225,000 (31 March 2015: £4,536,000) in respect 
of computer hardware held under finance leases.

CMC Markets Holdings Ltd

CMC Markets UK Holdings Ltd

CMC Markets UK plc

Information Internet Ltd

CMC Spreadbet plc

CMC Markets Digital Options GmbH

CMC Markets Overseas Holdings Ltd 

CMC Markets Asia Pacific Pty Ltd

CMC Markets Pty Ltd

CMC Markets Group Australia Pty Ltd

CMC Markets Stockbroking Ltd

CMC Markets Stockbroking Nominees Pty Ltd

CMC Markets Stockbroking Nominees (No. 2 Account) Ltd

CMC Markets Canada Inc.

CMC Markets NZ Ltd

Redmonitor GmbH

CMC Markets Singapore Pte Ltd

Country of 

incorporation

Principal  

activities

England

England

England

England

England

Austria

England

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Canada

New Zealand

Austria

Singapore

Holding company

Holding company

Online trading

IT development

Financial spread betting

IT development

Holding company

Online trading

Training and education

Holding company

Stock broking

Stock broking nominee

Dormant

Client introducing office

Online trading

IT development

Online trading

Held 

Directly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

Indirectly

A new directly held holding company, CMC Markets Holdings Ltd, was incorporated on 1 February 2016. On 4 February 2016 
the Company transferred its direct shareholding in CMC Markets UK Holdings Ltd and CMC Markets Overseas Holdings Ltd to 
CMC Markets Holdings Ltd by way of a share for share agreement. 

All shareholdings are of ordinary shares. The issued share capital of all subsidiary undertakings is 100% owned, which also 
represents the proportion of the voting rights in the subsidiary undertakings.

The list below includes all of the Group’s direct and indirect subsidiaries dissolved since 1 April 2015:

Country of 

incorporation

Date of dissolution

Direct parent

CMC International Financial Consulting 

China

19 May 2015

CMC Markets Pty Ltd

(Beijing) Co. Ltd

The list below includes all of the Group’s employee benefit trusts as at 31 March 2016:

CMC Markets Plc Employee Share Trust

CMC Markets Plc UK Share Incentive Plan

CMC Markets 2007 Employee Benefit Trust 

CMC Employee Share Scheme Trust 

Country of incorporation

Jersey

England

Isle of Man

Isle of Man

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statements18.  Trade and other receivables

21.  Trade and other payables

£ ‘000

Trade receivables

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables

146

Trade receivables – net

Amounts due from Group companies

Prepayments and accrued income

Stock broking debtors

Other debtors

Total

GROUP

COMPANY

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

4,466

(3,990)

476

–

7,697

7,151

5,607

20,931

2015

6,603

(5,885)

718

–

3,632

12,690

1,726

18,766

2016

2015

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

35,444

–

–

–

35,444

Stock broking debtors represent the amount receivable in respect of equity security transactions executed on behalf of clients 
with a corresponding balance included within trade and other payables (note 21).

19.  Financial investments

GROUP 

£ ‘000

At 1 April

Purchase of securities

Coupon receipts

Accrued interest

Net gains transferred to equity

At 31 March

31 March 

31 March 

2016

–

20,633

(287)

24

4

20,374

2015

–

–

–

–

–

–

The effective interest rates of securities held at the year-end range from 0.28% to 0.45%.

Financial investments are shown as current assets when they have a maturity less than one year and are held as ‘available-for-
sale’. The fair value of securities held is based on closing market prices at the year-end as published by the UK Debt 
Management Office.

20.  Cash and cash equivalents

£ ‘000

Gross cash and cash equivalents

Less: Client monies

Own cash and cash equivalents

Analysed as:

Cash at bank

Short-term deposits

GROUP

COMPANY

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

304,364

(226,084)

2015

270,939

(232,328)

2016

15,000

–

78,280

38,611

15,000

75,577

2,703

38,611

15,000

–

–

2015

–

–

–

–

–

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and other short-term highly liquid investments, with maturities of three 
months or less. Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates, based on daily bank deposit rates.

£ ‘000

Current
Trade payables

Less: Client monies

Trade payables – net

Amount owing to Group companies

Tax and social security

Stock broking creditors

Accruals and deferred income

Non-current
Accruals and deferred income

Total

22.  Borrowings

GROUP 

£ ‘000

Current
Finance lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Non-current
Finance lease liabilities

Other liabilities

Total

GROUP 

£ ‘000

Finance lease liabilities
Amounts payable under finance lease:

Within one year

In the second to fifth years inclusive

After five years

Less: future finance charges

Present value of lease obligations

The present value of finance lease liabilities is repayable as follows:

Within one year

In the second to fifth years inclusive

After five years

Present value of lease obligations

GROUP

COMPANY

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

2016

2015

228,329

(226,084)

240,131

(232,328)

2,245

–

1,035

9,186

22,272

34,738

3,479

38,217

7,803

–

859

11,833

18,228

38,723

3,926

42,649

–

–

–

–

–

–

147

35,548

53,438

–

–

1,422

36,970

–

–

576

54,014

–

–

36,970

54,014

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

1,333

22

1,355

1,030

55

1,085

2,440

1,377

22

1,399

2,376

77

2,453

3,852

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

1,441

1,079

–

2,520

(157)

2,363

1,333

1,030

–

2,363

1,573

2,538

–

4,111

(358)

3,753

1,377

2,376

–

3,753

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsThe present value of finance lease liabilities is repayable as follows:

The fair value of derivative contracts is based on the market price of comparable instruments at the balance sheet date. 
All derivative financial instruments have a maturity date of less than one year. 

31 March 

31 March 

Held for trading

GROUP

£ ‘000

Within one year

In the second to fifth years inclusive

After five years

148

Present value of lease obligations

The weighted average interest rates paid were as follows:

GROUP

%

Finance Leases

2016

1,333

1,030

–

2,363

2015

1,377

2,376

–

3,753

31 March 

31 March 

2016

6.03%

2015

6.37%

The fair value of financial liabilities is approximate to the book value shown above. 

Bank loans

In June 2015, the revolving credit facility was renewed at a level of £40,000,000, where £20,000,000 had a maturity date of 
June 2016 and £20,000,000 had a maturity date of June 2018. This facility can only be used to meet broker margin 
requirements of the Group. The rate of interest payable on any loans is the aggregate of the applicable margin and LIBOR. 
Other fees such as commitment fees, legal fees and arrangement fees are also payable on this facility (note 10).

Undrawn borrowing facilities

In all reported years, the Group has an undrawn multi-currency overdraft facility, with NatWest Bank plc of £7,500,000, which 
is repayable on demand. The facility is available in Sterling, Canadian Dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen, Swedish Kronor, Swiss Francs, 
US Dollars, Australian Dollars and Hong Kong Dollars. The interest rate for the Sterling overdraft is NatWest Bank’s Base Rate 
plus 2% per annum and, for all other currencies, the relevant NatWest Bank currency lending rate.

23.  Derivative financial instruments

GROUP 

Assets 

£ ‘000

Held for trading
Index, commodity, foreign exchange and treasury futures

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Held for hedging
Forward foreign exchange contracts – economic hedges

Forward foreign exchange contracts – net investment hedges

Total

GROUP 

Liabilities 

£ ‘000

Held for trading
Index, commodity, foreign exchange and treasury futures

Forward foreign exchange contracts

Held for hedging
Forward foreign exchange contracts – economic hedges

Forward foreign exchange contracts – net investment hedges

Total

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

588

–

207

–

795

199

2,783

34

259

3,275

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

(1,708)

(1,550)

(188)

(1,550)

(4,996)

(624)

–

(151)

(30)

(805)

As described in note 4, the Group enters derivative contracts in order to hedge its market price risk exposure arising from open 
client positions.

Held for hedging

The Group’s forward foreign exchange contracts are designated as either economic or net investment hedges. 

149

Economic hedges are held for the purpose of mitigating currency risk relating to transactional currency flows arising from 
earnings in foreign currencies but do not meet the criteria for designation as hedges. During the year ended 31 March 2016, 
£267,000 of losses net of revaluation gains or losses relating to economic hedges were recognised in the income statement 
(Year ended 31 March 2015, gains: £374,000). 

The Group has designated a number of foreign exchange derivative contracts as hedges of the net investment in the Group’s 
foreign operations. At 31 March 2016, £5,689,000 (31 March 2015: £4,517,000) of fair value losses were recorded in net 
investment hedging reserve within other reserves. At 31 March 2016, £3,972,000 (31 March 2015: £2,348,000) of fair value 
gains were recorded in translation reserve within other reserves. All changes in the fair value were treated as being effective 
under IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and Eligible Hedged Items.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the fair value of the derivative assets at the balance sheet date..

24.  Provisions

GROUP 

£ ‘000

At 1 April 2014

Additional provision 

Utilisation of provision 

Currency translation

At 31 March 2015

Additional provision 

Utilisation of provision 

Currency translation

At 31 March 2016

EBT 

Property 

commitments

related

177

3

–

–

180

–

(20)

–

160

461

1,226

(198)

(58)

1,431

35

(67)

8

1,407

Other

–

4,157

–

–

4,157

–

(4,157)

–

–

Total

638

5,386

(198)

(58)

5,768

35

(4,244)

8

1,567

The provision relating to employee benefit trusts (EBT) represents the obligation to distribute assets held in employee benefit 
trusts to beneficiaries. 

The property related provisions include dilapidation provisions and discounted obligations under onerous lease contracts less 
any amounts considered recoverable by management. Dilapidation provisions have been capitalised as part of cost of leasehold 
improvements and are amortised over the term of the lease.

Other provisions relate to litigation provisions. The costs relating to these have been presented as exceptional costs in the 
income statement, in the prior year.

GROUP 

£ ‘000

Analysis of Total Provisions
Current

Non-current

Total

The Group has no contingent liabilities as at 31 March 2016 (31 March 2015: £nil).

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

160

1,407

1,567

4,345

1,423

5,768

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statements25.  Deferred tax

£ ‘000

Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months

Deferred tax assets to be recovered after 12 months

150

Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months

Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after 12 months

Net deferred tax asset

GROUP

COMPANY

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

3,303

4,398

7,701

(2)

(3)

(5)

7,696

2015

2,278

5,274

7,552

(108)

(20)

(128)

7,424

2016

2015

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Deferred income taxes are calculated on all temporary differences under the liability method at the tax rate expected to apply 
when the deferred tax will crystallise. The gross movement on deferred tax is as follows:

£ ‘000

At beginning of year

Credit / (Charge) to income for the year

Credit to equity for the year

Change in tax rate

Foreign currency translation

At end of year

GROUP

COMPANY

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

7,424

359

31

(151)

33

7,696

2015

6,753

(303)

664

–

310

7,424

2016

2015

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The following table details the deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and movements thereon during the year:

GROUP 

£ ‘000

At 1 April 2014

(Charge) / credit to income for the year

Credit to equity for the year

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2015

Credit / (Charge) to income for the year

Credit to equity for the year

Change in tax rate

Foreign currency translation

At 31 March 2016

Accelerated 

capital 

Other timing 

Tax losses

allowances

differences

3,247

(673)

–

234

2,808

1,112

–

–

48

3,968

2,812

(42)

–

25

2,795

(490)

–

(122)

–

2,183

694

412

664

51

1,821

(263)

31

(29)

(15)

1,545

Total

6,753

(303)

664

310

7,424

359

31

(151)

33

7,696

The recognition of deferred tax assets is based upon whether it is more likely than not that sufficient and suitable taxable profits 
will be available in the future against which the reversal of the temporary differences can be deducted. The recoverability of the 
Group’s deferred tax asset in respect of carry forward losses is based on an assessment of the future levels of taxable profit 
expected to arise that can be offset against these losses. The Group’s expectations as to the level of future taxable profits take 
into account the Group’s long term financial and strategic plans and anticipated future tax adjusting items. In making this 
assessment account is taken of business plans including the board approved Group profit forecast.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit 
through future taxable profits is probable. As on 31 March 2016 the Group did not recognise deferred tax assets of 
£15,690,000 (Year ended 31 March 2015: £16,882,000) in respect of losses amounting to £52,301,000 (Year ended  
31 March 2015: £56,272,000). In respect of these losses, all relate to the Group’s Australian subsidiaries and there are  
no time limits on their utilisation.

The Group has recognised deferred tax asset of £3,968,000 in respect of losses in the Group’s Australian subsidiaries as on 
31 March 2016 (Year ended 31 March 2015: £2,808,000). 

The change in the main rate of UK corporation tax from 20 per cent to 19 per cent, effective from 1 April 2017, passed into 
legislation in July 2015 through the 2015 Finance Act. The change in the main rate of UK corporation tax from 19 per cent to 
18 per cent, effective from 1 April 2020, also passed into legislation in July 2015 through the 2015 Finance Act. The Group has 
assessed the impact of these changes in line with accounting policies and all deferred tax balances are recorded at the tax rate 
expected to apply when the deferred tax will crystallise.

26.  Share capital and premium

151

GROUP AND COMPANY

Authorised
Ordinary shares of 25p

Allotted, issued and fully paid
Ordinary shares of 25p

Deferred shares of 25p

Total

Share class rights

Number

£ ‘000

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

2016

2015

400,000,000

400,000,000

100,000

100,000

287,923,211

280,296,862

2,478,086

2,478,086

290,401,297

282,774,948

71,980

620

72,600

70,074

620

70,694

The Company has two classes of shares, Ordinary and Deferred, neither of which carries a right to fixed income. Deferred shares 
have no voting or dividend rights. In the event of a winding-up, ordinary shares shall be repaid at nominal value plus £0.5m each 
in priority to deferred shares.

GROUP AND COMPANY 

Number

At 1 April 2014

Conversion of ordinary shares to deferred shares

At 31 March 2015

New shares issued

At 31 March 2016

GROUP AND COMPANY 

£ ‘000

At 1 April 2014

Conversion of ordinary shares to deferred shares

At 31 March 2015

New shares issued

At 31 March 2016

Movements in share capital and premium

Ordinary 

Deferred 

shares

shares

Total

280,299,177

2,475,771

282,774,948

(2,315)

2,315

–

280,296,862

2,478,086

282,774,948

7,626,349

–

7,626,349

287,923,211

2,478,086

290,401,297

Ordinary 

Deferred 

shares

70,075

(1)

70,074

1,906

71,980

shares

619

1

620

–

620

Share 

premium

33,362

–

33,362

12,881

46,243

Total

104,056

–

104,056

14,787

118,843

On admission on 5 February 2016, the company issued 6,239,333 shares with nominal value of 25p to public investors and 
certain Non-Executive directors for a consideration of £14,974,000. In addition 1,387,016 shares with nominal value of 25p 
were issued to Employee benefit trusts and certain employees of the group. Total costs of £534,000 relating to the issue of 
new shares have been recognised directly in share premium. 

During the year ended 31 March 2016, no (31 March 2015: 2,315) ordinary shares were converted to deferred shares in 
accordance with the terms of grant to employees who have now left the Group. 

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statements27.  Own shares held in trust

GROUP

Ordinary shares of 25p
At 1 April 2014

At 31 March 2015

Acquisition

Disposal 

152

At 31 March 2016

Number

£ ‘000

1,069,282

1,069,282

563,816

(876,848)

756,250

1,983

1,983

141

(1,140)

984

The shares are held by the CMC Markets Plc Employee Benefit trust for the purpose of encouraging or facilitating the holding of 
shares in the Company for the benefit of employees and the trustees will apply the whole or part of the trust’s funds to facilitate 
dealing in shares by such beneficiaries.

28.  Share-based payment

Number

Scheme

IPO Award (UK)

IPO Award (Australia)

Executive Retention Scheme

Executive Retention Scheme

Long Term Incentive Plan

Long Term Incentive Plan

Share price  

at award

Vesting date

Awarded 

during  

the year

Lapsed 

 during  

the year

Exercised  

during  

At the end  

the year

of the year

222p

229p

240p

240p

240p

240p

5 February 2016

1,641,525

5 February 2016

5 February 2017

5 February 2018

5 February 2017

5 February 2018

346,200

444,425

444,425

1,018,863

1,018,862

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,641,525

346,200

–

–

–

–

–

–

444,425

444,425

1,018,863

1,018,862

153

In addition, 216,450 cash settled shares were granted and vested on listing with an additional 385,950 shares granted on listing 
of which 108,225 vest on 5 February 2017, 108,225 vest on 5 February 2018 and 169,500 on 5 February 2019 and have 
dividend equivalence. The only vesting condition is that the employees remain employed by the Group.

The Company operates both equity and cash settled share options schemes for certain employees including Directors.

2015 UK SIP Awards

At listing all existing equity and cash settled schemes under the Management Equity Plan 2009 (‘2009 MEP’) were exercised and 
new schemes introduced. New schemes have been granted under the terms of the Management Equity Plan 2015 (‘2015 MEP’) 
and the UK Share Incentive Plan (‘UK SIP’). Equity settled schemes are offered to certain employees, including Executive 
Directors in the UK and Australia and cash settled schemes are offered to certain employees outside of the UK and Australia.

Income statement charge for share-based payments

The total charge costs relating to these schemes for the year ended 31 March 2016 was £6,486,000 (Year ended 31 March 
2015: £951,000) which include exceptional costs detailed in Note 8.

For the year ended 31 March 2016 the charge relating to equity-settled share-based payments was £5,254,000 (Year  
ended 31 March 2015: £374,000) and the charge relating to cash-settled share-based payments was £1,232,000 (Year ended  
31 March 2015: £577,000).

No shares were gifted to employees during the year (Year ended 31 March 2015: nil).

Current Schemes

2015 MEP

Share options granted under the 2015 MEP have been in the form of ‘non-market performance’ awards. Three types of equity 
settled awards were made in February 2015:

•  IPO Award: awards to senior management and critical staff which were both granted and vested at listing.

•  Executive Retention Scheme: awards to certain Executive Directors which were granted at listing. The only vesting condition 
is that the Executive Directors remain employed by the Group. The options have dividend equivalence where additional 
shares will be awarded in place of dividends on vesting.

•  Long Term Incentive Plan: awards to senior management and critical staff, excluding Executive Directors, which were granted 

at listing. The only vesting condition is that the employees remain employed by the Group. The options have dividend 
equivalence where additional shares will be awarded in place of dividends on vesting.

SIP awards of £3,600 of free shares were made to all eligible UK employees at listing. All free shares will vest after three years 
should the employees remain employed by the Group for the term of the award. Shares awarded under the scheme are held in 
trust in accordance with UK tax authority conditions. Employees are entitled to receive dividends in the form of additional 
shares on the shares held in trust as long as they remain employees. A total of 477,000 shares were awarded under the scheme.

Number

Share price  

at award

Vesting date

240p

11 February 2019

Awarded 

during  

the year

477,000

Lapsed 

 during  

the year

–

Exercised  

during  

At the end  

the year

of the year

–

477,000

Scheme

UK SIP Award

Historic Schemes

2009 MEP

Share options granted under the 2009 MEP were in the form of ‘market performance’ and ‘non-market performance’ based 
awards. All existing equity and cash settled options under the 2009 scheme were cash cancelled at listing and the 934,300 
equity options are classed as exercised when disclosing the movement in share options.

•  Market performance based option scheme. Share options granted up to and during the year ended 31 March 2013 which had 
market performance related conditions attached. The options are exercisable at nil cost and have no individually based 
performance criteria attached. The fair value of awards made during the year was calculated using a Monte Carlo option 
pricing model. The significant inputs into the model were the share price of £0.80 at the grant date, dividend yield of 3%, 
volatility of 30% which was calculated by reference to a number of comparable quoted companies and the annual risk-free 
interest rate of 1.7%, which resulted in a weighted average fair value per award granted of £0.77. These options lapsed 
during year ended 31 March 2014 and year ended 31 March 2015. No options were exercised and no further market 
performance based options where granted.

•  Non-market performance based option scheme – Equity settled. Share options granted in the year ended 31 March 2015 
under the 2009 MEP had no performance conditions attached. They were exercisable at nil cost and had no individually 
based performance criteria attached. The fair value of the awards made during the year was calculated using a profit 
multiple based on quoted comparable groups and the Group’s current year forecast which resulted in a weighted average 
fair value per award granted of £1.74.

•  Non-market performance based option scheme – Cash settled. Share options granted in the year ended 31 March 2015 which 

had no company performance conditions attached. They were exercised in February 2016 at the listing price.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statementsMovement in equity settled share options

29.  Other reserves

5,391,300 new share options were granted in the year ended 31 March 2016 and these are detailed on the previous page in the 
current schemes section. No options lapsed during the year ended 31 March 2016. Movements in the number of share options 
outstanding are as follows:

154

GROUP 

Number

At beginning of year

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

At end of year

The vesting and expiry dates of outstanding options are shown below:

31 March 

31 March 

2016

934,300

5,391,300

2015

911,035

309,000

–

(285,735)

(2,922,025)

–

3,403,575

934,300

GROUP 

£ ‘000

At 1 April 2014

Currency translation differences

Profit on net investment hedges

Tax on profit on net investment hedges

At 31 March 2015

Currency translation differences

Profit on net investment hedges

Profits recycled to income statement

Gain on financial investments

Net 

investment 

Translation 

hedging 

Available for 

reserve

sale reserve

reserve

3,833

(1,485)

–

–

2,348

1,563

–

61

–

(5,580)

–

399

664

(4,517)

–

(1,172)

–

–

Merger 

reserve

(47,800)

–

–

–

(47,800)

–

–

–

–

Total

(49,547)

(1,485)

399

664

(49,969)

1,563

(1.172)

61

4

(47,800)

(49,513)

155

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4

4

31 March 

31 March 

Translation reserve

At 31 March 2016

3,972

(5,689)

GROUP

Number

Year of grant

2013

2014

2015

2016

2016

2016

Matched options

Exercise period commencing

Exercise period ending

2016

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

5 February 2017

5 February 2018

11 February 2019

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

5 February 2017

5 February 2018

11 February 2019

–

–

–

1,463,288

1,463,287

477,000

2015

62,800

562,500

309,000

–

–

–

3,403,575

934,300

Under the terms of the 2009 MEP, certain employees were able to invest up to a specified amount to purchase ordinary shares 
in the Company (the ‘bought’ shares) in order to receive a further 1 ½ free ‘matched’ options on the ‘matching’ date, being 
1 October 2011. There are no performance conditions attached to the matched options other than continued employment 
within the Group and ownership of the bought shares. 

The average share price of the matched options exercised in 2013 was £0.40. 

All matched options have now lapsed and no more bought shares were granted during the year ended 31 March 2016 
(31 March 2015: nil).

GROUP 

Number

At beginning of year

Exercised

Lapsed

At end of year

31 March 

31 March 

2016

–

–

–

–

2015

375,000

–

(375,000)

–

The translation reserve is comprised of translation differences on foreign currency net investments held by the Group. 

During the year ended 31 March 2016, the Group liquidated its Chinese subsidiary; as a result an amount of £61,000 
was recycled to the income statement.

Net investment hedging reserve

Overseas net investments are hedged using forward foreign exchange contracts. Gains and losses on instruments used to 
hedge these overseas net investments are shown in the net investment hedging reserve. These instruments hedge balance 
sheet translation risk, which is the risk of changes in reserves due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. All changes in the 
fair value were treated as being effective under IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and Eligible Hedged 
Items.

Merger reserve

The merger reserve arose following a corporate restructure in 2005 when a new holding company, CMC Markets plc, was 
created to bring all CMC companies into the same corporate structure. The merger reserve represents the difference between 
the nominal value of the holding company’s share capital and that of the acquired companies.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statements30.  Cash generated from operations

32.  Retirement benefit plans

£ ‘000

Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before taxation

156

Adjustments for:

Net interest income

Dividends received

Finance costs

Depreciation

Amortisation of intangible assets

Impairment of investment in subsidiaries

Share–based payment

Changes in working capital:
(Increase) / decrease in trade and other receivables

Decrease / (increase) in amounts due from brokers

Decrease in trade and other payables

Decrease / (increase) in net derivative financial instruments

(Decrease) / increase in provisions

Cash generated from operations

GROUP

COMPANY

Year ended 

Year ended 

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

2016

2015

53,376

43,510

7,708

(27)

(1,762)

(2,118)

–

772

3,951

2,106

–

205

(2,189)

25,564

(4,432)

6,671

(4,201)

80,061

–

896

4,697

2,237

–

374

895

(43,930)

(1,383)

(3,946)

5,130

6,362

–

(15,000)

–

–

–

1,398

1,771

35,444

–

(17,044)

–

–

–

–

28

–

–

–

374

1,321

–

10,286

–

–

14,277

11,982

The movement in provisions for the year ending 31 March 2015 includes £4,157,000 of exceptional ligation costs (note 8) 
which were paid during the year ended 31 March 2016. 

The movement in trade and other payables for the year ended 31 March 2016 also includes £2,230,000 of exceptional listing 
related accrued expenses.

The movement in trade and other receivables for the year ended 31 March 2016 also includes £1,110,000 of exceptional 
litigation income expected to be received by 30 September 2017.

31.  Operating lease commitments

GROUP 

£ ’000

Minimum lease payments under operating leases recognised in expense for the year

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2,065

2015

2,717

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for office space. As on 31 March 2016, leases are negotiated 
for an average term of 3.2 years (31 March 2015: 3.7 years) and rentals are fixed for an average of 2.7 years (31 March 2015: 
2.7 years).

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan into which the Group pays fixed contributions to a third party 
pension provider and has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Contributions are recognised as staff 
expenses in the income statement in the years during which related employee services are fulfilled.

The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for its Directors and employees. The assets of the schemes are held 
separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds. 

The pension charge for these plans for the year ended 31 March 2016 was £1,145,000 (Year ended 31 March 2015: 
£1,031,000).

157

33.  Related party transactions

Group transactions

Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation and 
are not disclosed in this section of the note. 

Transactions between the Group and its other related parties are disclosed below:

Compensation of key management personnel

GROUP 

£’000

Key management compensation:

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share based payments

Aggregate remuneration of highest paid director:

Key management comprise the Board of CMC Markets plc only.

Directors’ transactions

Year ended 

Year ended 

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2015

1,942

44

420

2,406

740

1,338

31

374

1,743

500

During the year ended 31 March 2016, £34,648 (Year ended 31 March 2015: £77,261) was paid to Astre Associates Limited 
in respect of non-executive director fees payable to John Jackson.

During the year ended 31 March 2016, the Group donated £450,000 to The Peter Cruddas Foundation (Year ended 31 March 
2015: £355,000), a charity at which Peter Cruddas holds a Trustee position.

34.  Ultimate controlling party

The Group had outstanding commitments under non-cancellable operating leases as follows:

The Group’s ultimate controlling party is Peter Cruddas by virtue of his majority shareholding in CMC Markets plc. 

GROUP 

£ ‘000

Within one year

Within two to five years

After five years

31 March 

31 March 

2016

2,755

8,330

6,056

17,141

2015

3,134

10,043

9,418

22,595

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Financial statementsFinancial statements 
Corporate information

Corporate information

Corporate information

UK – Head Office

France

Poland 

CMC Markets UK Spółka 
Akcyjna Oddział w Polsce 
Emilii Plater 53 
00-113 Warsaw 
T +48 22 160 5600 
F +48 22 160 5690 
E biuro@cmcmarkets.pl 
www.cmcmarkets.pl

Singapore

CMC Markets Singapore Pte Limited
50 Raffles Place #14-06
Singapore Land Tower
Singapore 048623
T 1800 559 6000 (Local)
T +65 6559 6000
E info@cmcmarkets.com.sg
www.cmcmarkets.com.sg

Spain

CMC Markets UK plc 
Sucursal en España
Calle Serrano No 21  
4th Floor
28001 Madrid
T +34 911 140 700
E info@cmcmarkets.es
www.cmcmarkets.es

Sweden

CMC Markets UK plc Filial
Stockholm
Hamngatan 11
111 47 Stockholm
T +46 (0)8 5069 3200
E info@cmcmarkets.se
www.cmcmarkets.se

CMC Markets plc, CMC Markets UK plc, 
CMC Spreadbet plc
133 Houndsditch
London EC3A 7BX
T +44 (0)20 7170 8200
E info@cmcmarkets.co.uk
www.cmcmarkets.co.uk

CMC Markets UK plc
4ième étage
37 Avenue des Champs-Elysées
75008 Paris
T +33 (0)1 53 83 14 03 
E gestionclients@cmcmarkets.fr
www.cmcmarkets.fr

158

Australia

Germany

CMC Markets Niederlassung Frankfurt 
am Main der CMC Markets UK Plc
Garden Tower
Neue Mainzer Straße 46-50
60311 Frankfurt am Main
T +49 (0)69 2222 44 000
E kundenservice@cmcmarkets.de
www.cmcmarkets.de 

Italy

CMC Markets UK plc Succursale di 
Milano
Corso di Porta Romana 68
20122 Milano
T +39 02 3600 9604
E info@cmcmarkets.it
www.cmcmarkets.it

New Zealand

CMC Markets NZ Limited
Level 25
151 Queen Street
Auckland
T +64 (0)9 359 1200
E info@cmcmarkets.co.nz
www.cmcmarkets.co.nz

Norway

CMC Markets UK plc Filial Oslo
Fridtjof Nansens Plass 6
0160 Oslo
T +47 22 01 97 02
E info@cmcmarkets.no
www.cmcmarkets.no 

CMC Markets Asia Pacific Pty Ltd
CMC Markets Stockbroking Limited
Level 16
130 Pitt Street
Sydney NSW 2000
T 1300 303 888
T +61 (0)2 8221 2100
E info@cmcmarkets.com.au
www.cmcmarkets.com.au

Austria 

CMC Markets Zweigniederlassung  
Österreich
Millennium Tower 
Wehlistraße 66/5. OG
1200 Wien 
T +43 (0)1 532 1349 0 
E kundenservice@cmcmarkets.at 
www.cmcmarkets.at 

Canada

CMC Markets Canada Inc.
Suite 1420
120 Adelaide Street West
Toronto
Ontario M5H 1T1
T +1 416 682 5000
E info@cmcmarkets.ca
www.cmcmarkets.ca

China

CMC Markets UK plc
Beijing Representative Office
Unit 22, Room 1901, Tower E2
Oriental Plaza
No1 East Chang An Avenue
Dong Cheng District
Beijing 100738
T +86 (0)10 8520 0021
E info@cmcmarkets.com.cn
www.cmcmarkets.com.cn

Registered Office

Registrars / Shareholder enquiries

Capita Asset Services can be contacted to deal with any 
questions regarding your shareholding using the contact 
details listed below. Alternatively, you can access  
www.capitashareportal.com where you can view and manage 
all aspects of your shareholding securely.

Email

shareholderenquiries@capita.co.uk 

159

Mail

Capita Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent BR3 4TU

Phone

Tel: 0871 664 0300 
Calls cost 12p per minute plus your phone company’s access charge.  Calls outside 
the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate.  Lines 
are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in 
England and Wales.

CMC Markets plc
133 Houndsditch
London EC3A 7BX
United Kingdom
Registered number: 05145017
Tel: 020 7170 8200
Website: www.cmcmarkets.com/group

Company Secretary

Jonathan Bradshaw, ACIS

Investor relations

Email: investor.relations@cmcmarkets.com
Website: http://www.cmcmarkets.com/group/investor-relations

Brokers

Goldman Sachs International 
Peterborough Court 
133 Fleet Street 
London EC4A 2BB 

RBC Capital Markets
Riverbank House
2 Swan Lane
London EC4R 3BF

Independent auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
7 More London Riverside
London SE1 2RT

Legal advisers

Linklaters LLP
One Silk Street
London EC2Y 8HQ

Media relations advisers

Camarco
107 Cheapside 
London EC2V 6DN

Apple, iPad and iPhone are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the US and other countries.

CMC Markets plcAnnual Report 2016Corporate information 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
With £10,000 and a basement room, 
Nobody guessed how the business would boom. 
You’ve relished the highs and battled the lows, 
Where your energy comes from, God only knows! 
But for 26 years, you’ve led all the way, 
To gain the success and respect achieved here today, 
So raise your glass and shout “chin chin”! 
Congratulations! Good Luck! Let the new Chapter begin!

Fiona Cruddas, February 2016

CMC Markets plc133 HoundsditchLondon EC3A 7BXUnited KingdomTel +44 (0)20 7170 8200Fax +44 (0)20 7170 8499Email info@cmcmarkets.co.ukwww.cmcmarkets.com/group